[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025169707A1 - Protective sheet and production method for semiconductor device - Google Patents

Protective sheet and production method for semiconductor device

Info

Publication number
WO2025169707A1
WO2025169707A1 PCT/JP2025/001669 JP2025001669W WO2025169707A1 WO 2025169707 A1 WO2025169707 A1 WO 2025169707A1 JP 2025001669 W JP2025001669 W JP 2025001669W WO 2025169707 A1 WO2025169707 A1 WO 2025169707A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
meth
ethylenically unsaturated
protective sheet
acrylic resin
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/001669
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
耕治 直田
敬太 湯本
一博 佐々木
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Resonac Corp
Original Assignee
Resonac Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Resonac Corp filed Critical Resonac Corp
Publication of WO2025169707A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025169707A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/29Laminated material
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • H01L21/302Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to change their surface-physical characteristics or shape, e.g. etching, polishing, cutting
    • H01L21/304Mechanical treatment, e.g. grinding, polishing, cutting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a method for manufacturing a protective sheet and a semiconductor device.
  • a variety of protective sheets are used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices. Specific examples include backgrinding tape and dicing tape.
  • Backgrinding tape is a sheet used to protect semiconductor wafers during the backgrinding process
  • dicing tape is a fixing sheet used in the dicing process, where the semiconductor wafer is cut into small element pieces.
  • These protective sheets are removable, being affixed to the semiconductor wafer as an adherend and then peeled off from the adherend after the specified processing steps are completed.
  • flip-chip mounting has become the mainstream method for mounting semiconductor elements in the smallest possible space.
  • semiconductor chips with solder-tipped bump electrodes e.g., Through Silicon Via (TSV) chips
  • TSV Through Silicon Via
  • These bumped semiconductor chips are electrically bonded to other semiconductor chips or substrates through a reflow process, in which the chip is heated to a temperature above the solder's melting point, typically 200°C or higher, for mounting.
  • TSV Through Silicon Via
  • a sputtering process is sometimes performed, in which a metal film is vapor-deposited around the periphery of the semiconductor chip as an electromagnetic wave shield.
  • the sputtering process is typically performed at 150°C or higher.
  • a removable protective sheet is used to protect the bump surface during the reflow and sputtering processes.
  • protective sheets must accurately conform to these irregularities and adhere tightly.
  • protective sheets must have high heat resistance. If heat resistance is insufficient, problems such as outgassing from the protective sheet during high-temperature treatments such as reflow and sputtering, causing the sheet to lift from the substrate, or leaving adhesive residue on the substrate when peeled off, can occur.
  • the sputtering process coats the periphery of semiconductor devices with a metal film. As a result, gaps exist between the semiconductor devices, and the metal film is also deposited on the protective sheet during sputtering. From the perspective of preventing contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process, it is desirable for the metal film attached to the protective sheet to remain on the protective sheet even after the semiconductor device is peeled off from the protective sheet.
  • Patent Document 1 due to insufficient heat resistance, adhesive residue could remain on the semiconductor device when the protective sheet was peeled off. Furthermore, when the semiconductor device was picked up and peeled off from the protective sheet after the sputtering process was completed, the adhesion between the protective sheet and the metal film was insufficient, causing the metal film to detach from the protective sheet, contaminating the semiconductor device or becoming a source of contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process.
  • the present disclosure provides a protective sheet that, through various processing steps, accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface of semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as semiconductor chips with bumps and PCBs with bumps, and adheres tightly to the surfaces. It can be peeled off from the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue, while maintaining excellent adhesion to coated metal films even after UV irradiation.
  • the disclosure provides a protective sheet that accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface and adheres tightly to the surfaces, even when the unevenness of the adherend surface is large, or even after undergoing a high-temperature treatment process at 200°C or higher. It can be peeled off from the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue, while maintaining excellent adhesion to coated metal films even after UV irradiation.
  • a method for manufacturing semiconductor devices using the protective sheet is provided.
  • a protective sheet having a substrate, and an intermediate layer and a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order on one main surface of the substrate, the intermediate layer is a thermosetting product of a resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and a crosslinking agent (B1), the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) having a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1);
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermosetting product of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), a crosslinking agent (B2), and a photopolymerization initiator (C); the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) has a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups contained in
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is a copolymer containing, as raw material monomers, at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2);
  • a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is further used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the crosslinking agent (B2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PEEK polyether ether ketone
  • PA polyamide
  • PI polyimide
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is 30 to 600 ⁇ m
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 1 to 100 ⁇ m
  • the protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (intermediate layer/photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is 1 to 50.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having bump electrodes comprising: a heating step of the unprocessed semiconductor device to which the protective sheet is attached; and a peeling step of peeling the protective sheet from the surface with the bump electrodes.
  • [16] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to [15], wherein d/H is 1.00 to 100, where H [ ⁇ m] is the height of the bump electrode and d [ ⁇ m] is the total thickness of the intermediate layer and the photocurable adhesive layer. [17] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to [15] or [16], wherein the maximum temperature reached in the heating step is 80 to 300°C.
  • a protective sheet can be provided that, through various processing steps, accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface of semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as semiconductor chips with bumps and PCBs with bumps, and adheres tightly to the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue. It also has excellent adhesion to coated metal films, even after UV irradiation. In particular, even when the unevenness of the adherend surface is large, or even after undergoing a high-temperature treatment process at 200°C or higher, a protective sheet can be provided that accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface and adheres tightly to the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue. It also has excellent adhesion to coated metal films, even after UV irradiation. Furthermore, a method for manufacturing semiconductor devices using the protective sheet can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a protective sheet in one embodiment.
  • (meth)acrylic means “acrylic” or “methacrylic”.
  • (meth)acrylate means “acrylate” or “methacrylate”
  • (meth)acryloyloxy means “acryloyloxy” or “methacryloyloxy”.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bond means a double bond formed between carbon atoms excluding carbon atoms forming an aromatic ring
  • ethylenically unsaturated group means a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • the "weight average molecular weight (Mw)” and the “number average molecular weight (Mn)” are values measured at room temperature (23°C) using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions and calculated using a standard polystyrene calibration curve.
  • Apparatus Shodex (trademark) GPC-101 (Resonac Co., Ltd.)
  • Shodex (trademark) LF-804 (Resonac Inc.) Column temperature: 40°C Sample: 0.2% by mass solution of sample in tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1 mL/min
  • cid value refers to the value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.
  • hydroxyl value refers to the value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.
  • ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent refers to a value calculated from the iodine value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.
  • a protective sheet comprises a substrate, an intermediate layer, and a photocurable adhesive layer, in that order, on one main surface of the substrate. Because the protective sheet comprises the intermediate layer and the photocurable adhesive layer, it adheres accurately to the irregularities on the adherend even after high-temperature treatment, such as at 200°C, and can be peeled off without leaving any adhesive residue after irradiation with active energy rays. Furthermore, by incorporating silicon into the adhesive layer, the adhesion between the adhesive layer and metal can be improved.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a protective sheet according to one embodiment.
  • the protective sheet 10 comprises a substrate 12, an intermediate layer 14 disposed on one main surface of the substrate 12, and a photocurable adhesive layer 16 disposed on the intermediate layer 14.
  • the intermediate layer 14 is disposed on the upper main surface of the substrate 12.
  • the protective sheet 10 may further include a release sheet 18 disposed on the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 16, as needed.
  • the release sheet 18 is attached to the outside of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for the purpose of protecting the surface of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, i.e., the surface to be attached to an adherend, until the protective sheet is put into use.
  • the protective sheet can be suitably used, for example, as a backgrinding tape or a dicing tape.
  • the protective sheet may be cut into a shape that matches the shape of the adherend by a punching method or the like.
  • the protective sheet may also be wound up and cut into a roll for use.
  • the thickness of the protective sheet depends on the unevenness of the adherend surface, such as the bump height, but is preferably 36 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 50 ⁇ m to 800 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 75 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m. From the perspective of more reliably following the unevenness of the adherend surface and ensuring the processing accuracy of the adherend during the processing step, it is preferable for the protective sheet thickness to be approximately 1.00 to 100 times the unevenness of the adherend surface.
  • the peel strength of the protective sheet decreases when irradiated with active energy rays, allowing it to be easily peeled from the adherend without leaving any adhesive residue during the peeling process.
  • the peel strength of the protective sheet after irradiating with active energy rays varies depending on the thickness of the protective sheet, the type of adherend, and the type and order of processing steps, but is preferably 0.001 to 1.0 N/25 mm, more preferably 0.005 to 0.75 N/25 mm, and even more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 N/25 mm.
  • peel strength refers to the peel strength (N/25 mm) of the protective sheet against the substrate measured in a 180° tensile test conducted in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2009 at a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50% at a peel rate of 300 mm/min.
  • the raw resins for the resin sheet include, for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN); polyether ether ketone (PEEK); polyamide (PA); polyimide (PI); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PEEK polyether ether ketone
  • PA polyamide
  • PI polyimide
  • PPS polyphenylene sulfide
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • the raw resins may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.
  • the resin sheet When a resin sheet is used as the substrate, the resin sheet may be a single layer, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers, for example a three-layer structure.
  • the resin material constituting each layer may be one type, or two or more types.
  • the thickness of the substrate can be selected appropriately depending on the type of semiconductor processing, the substrate material, etc., but may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 20 ⁇ m or more, and 300 ⁇ m or less, 100 ⁇ m or less, or 60 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the substrate is preferably 5 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • a substrate thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more provides high rigidity for the protective sheet.
  • the protective sheet tends to be less likely to wrinkle or lift when attached to an adherend such as a semiconductor chip or peeled from the adherend.
  • the protective sheet is easy to peel from the adherend, providing good workability.
  • a substrate thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more reduces wrinkles in the protective sheet, thereby reducing the detachment of the coated metal film during a sputtering process or other process.
  • the thickness of the substrate is 300 ⁇ m or less, the rigidity of the protective sheet is appropriate and workability is good.
  • the substrate When a resin sheet is used as the substrate, the substrate can be manufactured using the above-mentioned raw resin material and a conventional, well-known sheet molding method.
  • sheet molding methods include extrusion molding, T-die molding, inflation molding, and uniaxial or biaxial stretching molding.
  • the surface of the substrate that comes into contact with the intermediate layer may be subjected to a surface treatment to improve adhesion between the substrate and the intermediate layer.
  • surface treatments include corona discharge treatment, acid treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, and primer coating.
  • the intermediate layer is a thermoset product of a resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and a crosslinking agent (B1).
  • the thermoset product is a reaction product, i.e., a crosslinked product, between a functional group possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) that is reactive with a functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1) and a functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1).
  • the protective sheet has good step-conforming properties even when steps on the surface of an adherend, such as large bump heights, are present.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 30 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 80 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 600 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 200 ⁇ m or less.
  • the protective sheet can conform well to unevenness on the surface of the adherend.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is 600 ⁇ m or less, the processing precision of the adherend during the processing step is good.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited as long as it contains a (meth)acrylic acid ester as an essential raw material monomer, has an ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of more than 5000 g/mol, does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group, and has multiple functional groups reactive with the functional groups contained in the crosslinking agent (B1). In one embodiment, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer having alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) as essential raw material monomers, and more preferably a copolymer having alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), and carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) as essential raw material monomers.
  • alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) which is a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1)
  • the total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit of the total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 99 mol%, 95 mol%, or 80 mol%.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 150,000 to 1,500,000, and even more preferably 200,000 to 1,000,000.
  • a weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or more results in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength, preventing resin elution during sheet formation.
  • a weight-average molecular weight of 2,000,000 or less facilitates molding and processing.
  • crosslinking agents examples include isocyanate crosslinking agents and epoxy crosslinking agents.
  • Isocyanate crosslinking agents are compounds that have multiple isocyanato groups
  • epoxy crosslinking agents are compounds that have multiple epoxy groups.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer whose raw material monomers are at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2). If necessary, at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5) may also be used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), and a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used, and more preferably, an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), and a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used.
  • the hydroxyl value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.5 to 100 mgKOH/g, more preferably 1 to 50 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g.
  • a hydroxyl value of 0.5 mgKOH/g or higher allows for sufficient reaction with the isocyanate crosslinking agent, resulting in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength.
  • a hydroxyl value of 100 mgKOH/g or lower results in the resulting resin being soluble in commonly used organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and toluene, providing excellent handleability.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 50 to 99.5 mol%, more preferably 60 to 95 mol%, and even more preferably 70 to 90 mol%.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 50 mol% or more, the intermediate layer has good adhesion to the substrate and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 99.5 mol% or less, a sufficient content of hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) and improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer.
  • the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 1.5 to 10 mol %.
  • the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 0.5 mol % or more, a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) is ensured, improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer.
  • the resulting resin is soluble in commonly used organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and toluene, resulting in excellent handleability.
  • a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) when used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol %, more preferably 0.05 to 5 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 3 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.
  • the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 0.01 mol % or more, the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer is good.
  • the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 10 mol % or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting resin is not too high, resulting in excellent handleability.
  • the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) when used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of the raw material monomers.
  • the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that does not have a functional group such as a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and has an alkyl group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • linear or branched alkyl (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and lauryl (meth)acrylate; and cyclic alkyl group-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, and dicyclopentanyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • At least one selected from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and isooctyl (meth)acrylate is preferred, and at least one selected from n-butyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate is more preferred.
  • the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a hydroxy group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 1,3-butanediol (meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol (meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, and 3-methylpentanediol (meth)acrylate.
  • hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates having a hydroxy group at the end of a linear alkyl group are preferred, and at least one selected from 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate are more preferred.
  • the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is not particularly limited, as long as it does not contain a hydroxy group and contains a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1)
  • the carboxy group derived from the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) crosslinks with the hydroxy group derived from the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) during the formation of the intermediate layer, thereby improving cohesive strength.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a carboxy group, the interlayer adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is improved.
  • crosslinking agent (B2) in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is an epoxy crosslinking agent
  • crosslinking of the carboxy groups derived from the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) by the epoxy crosslinking agent in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer proceeds at the interface between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer, resulting in stronger interlayer adhesion, which is preferable.
  • carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) examples include (meth)acrylic acid, carboxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and ⁇ -carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate. From the viewpoint of ease of polymerization, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.
  • the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • Examples of the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) include (meth)acrylamide; N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-propyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, and N-hexyl(meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide and N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide; (meth)acryloylmorpholine; and diacetone acrylamide.
  • N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-propyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, and N-hexyl(meth)acrylamide
  • N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N,
  • N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides are more preferred, and N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide is even more preferred, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to the adherend.
  • the other monomer (a1-5) is not particularly limited, as long as it is a compound other than (a1-1) to (a1-4) and has an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable therewith. Examples include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylate, aromatic group-containing (meth)acrylate, fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylate, and dialkylaminoalkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the other monomer (a1-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates examples include ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylates examples include methoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and methoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate.
  • (Poly)alkylene means “alkylene” or “polyalkylene.”
  • aromatic group-containing (meth)acrylates examples include benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxyphenyl acrylate, 4-phenoxyphenyl acrylate, 2-biphenyl acrylate, 4-biphenyl acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate.
  • fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylate is octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate.
  • dialkylaminoalkyl (meth)acrylates examples include N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the other monomer (a1-5) include acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl stearate, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, alkyl vinyl ethers, vinyl toluene, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrrolidone, itaconic acid dialkyl esters, fumaric acid dialkyl esters, allyl alcohol, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexylmethyl vinyl ether, triethylene glycol monovinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether, methyl vinyl ketone, allyltrimethylammonium chloride, and dimethylallyl vinyl ketone.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer whose raw material monomers are at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3). If necessary, at least one raw material monomer selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5) may also be used for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • (a1-1) to (a1-5) can be the same as those described above.
  • alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 99.5 mol% or less, a sufficient content of carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) and improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer.
  • the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 1 to 10 mol %.
  • the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 0.01 mol % or more, an intermediate layer with high cohesion strength is obtained.
  • the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 30 mol % or less, the cohesion strength of the obtained intermediate layer is not too high, and handleability is good.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 3 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more, sufficient reaction with the crosslinking agent (B1) can be achieved, resulting in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength.
  • the acid value is 30 mgKOH/g or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting intermediate layer is not too high, and handling is favorable.
  • a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) when used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.
  • the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 0.01 mol % or more, a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) can be ensured.
  • the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) when used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.
  • the crosslinking agent (B1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having multiple functional groups capable of reacting with any of the multiple functional groups possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), and can be selected according to the functional groups possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) has a hydroxy group
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) has a carboxy group
  • the intermediate layer contains the crosslinking agent (B1), the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer is improved, thereby preventing cohesive failure of the intermediate layer when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend.
  • the crosslinking agent (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • Preferred combinations of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B1) include a combination of a hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an isocyanate crosslinking agent, a combination of a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an epoxy crosslinking agent, and a combination of a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an aziridine crosslinking agent, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an isocyanate crosslinking agent.
  • An isocyanate crosslinker is a compound that has two or more isocyanato groups.
  • “isocyanato group” includes compounds that generate isocyanato groups upon deblocking.
  • Specific examples of the isocyanate crosslinking agent include 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated tolylene diisocyanate, 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate, 1,4-xylylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, an isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, a tolylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane, a xylylene diisocyanate
  • Isocyanate crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Epoxy crosslinkers are compounds containing two or more epoxy groups. Examples include 1,3-bis(N,N'-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, bisphenol A epoxy resin, N,N'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]bis[bis(oxiran-2-ylmethyl)amine], ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, and epoxy-terminated polydimethylsiloxane. Epoxy crosslinkers may be used alone or in
  • Aziridine crosslinkers are compounds that contain two or more aziridinyl groups. Examples include ethylene glycol-bis-[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(2-methyl-1-aziridinyl)propionate], tetramethylolmethane-tris[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], pentaerythritol-tris[ 3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), N,N'-hexamethylene-1,6-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), tris-2,4,6-(1-aziridiny
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B1) is preferably 0.05 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B1) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, a sufficient three-dimensional crosslinked structure is formed in the intermediate layer, resulting in an intermediate layer with high heat resistance.
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B1) is 30 parts by mass or less, an appropriate gelation time can be ensured during sheet molding.
  • tackifier Any conventionally known tackifier can be used without any particular limitation.
  • tackifiers include terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, rosin-based tackifier resins, aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer-based petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, xylene resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, and elastomer-based tackifier resins.
  • the tackifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content thereof is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • the solvent can be used to dilute the resin composition to adjust its viscosity.
  • the solvent can be used to adjust the viscosity of the resin composition to an appropriate level. The solvent is removed when the intermediate layer is formed.
  • the solvent may be, for example, an organic solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, cyclohexanone, hexane, toluene, xylene, n-propanol, or isopropyl alcohol.
  • the solvent may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.
  • additives examples include plasticizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, softeners, antioxidants, antiaging agents, ultraviolet absorbers, polymerization inhibitors, light stabilizers such as benzotriazole-based ones, phosphate ester-based and other flame retardants, surfactants, and antistatic agents.
  • the method for producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) can be obtained by copolymerizing raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) by a known polymerization method.
  • the polymerization method may be a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, an alternating copolymerization method, or the like.
  • the solution polymerization method is preferred in terms of ease of reaction.
  • the radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known initiators.
  • examples of the radical polymerization initiator include azo-based polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), and dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate); and oil-soluble polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, 1,1-bis(t-buty
  • the radical polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of radical polymerization initiator used is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 4 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.03 to 3 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • solvents include esters such as ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, and butyl acetate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and benzene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol; glycol ethers such as methyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether; and glycol esters such as ethylene glycol diacetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether a
  • the solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin composition can be produced by a conventionally known method, for example, by mixing and stirring the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), the crosslinking agent (B1), and other components, such as a tackifier, a solvent, and various additives, which may be contained as needed, by a conventionally known method.
  • Mixing and stirring can be carried out using, for example, a stirring device equipped with stirring blades such as a homodisper or paddle blade.
  • the intermediate layer can be produced, for example, by the method described below. First, a resin composition is applied to a substrate, and if a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, thereby forming a pre-cured intermediate layer. Thereafter, a release sheet is attached to the pre-cured intermediate layer as needed, until immediately before laminating the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the pre-thermocurable photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pre-cured intermediate layer may undergo a curing reaction and form a crosslinked structure by heat-curing the obtained sheet in an oven or the like for a certain period of time. The curing reaction may be carried out after laminating the pre-cured intermediate layer and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the pre-thermocurable photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the intermediate layer can also be manufactured by the following method.
  • a resin composition is applied to a release sheet, and if a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-cured intermediate layer.
  • the release sheet with the pre-cured intermediate layer is then placed on a substrate, with the surface of the pre-cured intermediate layer facing the substrate, and the intermediate layer is transferred onto the substrate.
  • the resulting sheet may be subjected to the process described above to form a crosslinked structure.
  • Known methods can be used to apply the resin composition to the substrate or release sheet. Specific examples include coating methods using conventional coaters such as gravure roll coaters, reverse roll coaters, kiss roll coaters, dip roll coaters, bar coaters, knife coaters, spray coaters, comma coaters, and direct coaters.
  • conventional coaters such as gravure roll coaters, reverse roll coaters, kiss roll coaters, dip roll coaters, bar coaters, knife coaters, spray coaters, comma coaters, and direct coaters.
  • the conditions for heat-drying the applied resin composition are not particularly limited, but are typically 25 to 180°C, preferably 60 to 150°C, for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes. Heat-drying under these conditions allows the solvent contained in the resin composition to be removed.
  • the reaction conditions for curing the uncured intermediate layer after heat-drying are not particularly limited, but are typically 25 to 100°C, preferably 30 to 80°C, for 1 to 14 days, preferably 1 to 7 days. By carrying out the curing reaction under these conditions, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B1) are crosslinked, allowing the gelation rate of the intermediate layer to be adjusted within the desired range.
  • release sheet As the release sheet, a known sheet-like material can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the release sheet is sometimes called a separator.
  • the same material as the resin sheet used as the substrate can be used.
  • the thickness of the release sheet can be selected appropriately depending on the material of the release sheet, etc.
  • the thickness of the release sheet is preferably 5 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 200 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 25 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the release surface of the release sheet i.e., the surface that comes into contact with the intermediate layer, may be subjected to a release treatment using a conventional release agent such as a silicone-based, long-chain alkyl-based, or fluorine-based release agent, as needed.
  • a conventional release agent such as a silicone-based, long-chain alkyl-based, or fluorine-based release agent, as needed.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermosetting adhesive composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), a crosslinking agent (B2), and a photopolymerization initiator (C), and contains 1,000 to 100,000 ppm by mass of silicon atoms.
  • thermosetting adhesive is a reaction product between a functional group contained in the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that is reactive with a functional group contained in the crosslinking agent (B2) and a functional group contained in the crosslinking agent (B2), i.e., a crosslinked product, and is not a photocured product formed by the photopolymerization initiator (C).
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer In the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays decomposes the photopolymerization initiator (C), causing the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) to initiate radical polymerization, forming a further crosslinked structure, i.e., photocuring.
  • the protective sheet does not lift off and has good adhesion to the adherend even when it undergoes various processing steps while attached to the adherend.
  • the peel strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be reduced by irradiation with active energy rays, allowing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be peeled off from the adherend without leaving any adhesive residue.
  • the adhesion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and metal can be improved. As a result, even after forming a metal film by a coating process such as sputtering and then irradiating it with active energy rays, the coated metal film can be prevented from detaching from the protective sheet and contaminating the adherend or becoming a source of contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process.
  • the silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is 1,000 ppm by mass or more, preferably 2,000 ppm by mass or more, and more preferably 3,000 ppm by mass or more.
  • the silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is 100,000 ppm by mass or less, preferably 80,000 ppm by mass or less, and more preferably 50,000 ppm by mass or less.
  • a silicon atom content of 1,000 ppm by mass or more improves adhesion between the photocurable adhesive layer and the metal film coated thereon, reducing contamination sources from the metal film in the semiconductor manufacturing process and reducing metal contamination of electronic components.
  • a silicon atom content of 100,000 ppm by mass or less ensures sufficient adhesive strength for the protective sheet.
  • the silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 2,000 to 80,000 ppm by mass, and more preferably 3,000 to 50,000 ppm by mass.
  • the silicon atom content (mass) of the photocurable adhesive layer is a calculated value calculated from the amount of raw materials charged.
  • Silicon can be introduced into the photocurable adhesive layer by, for example, using a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), by adding a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) to the adhesive composition, or by both.
  • a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2)
  • the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 30 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is 1 ⁇ m or more, good adhesion to the adherend is achieved. When the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, the occurrence of adhesive residue is further reduced.
  • the thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, and even more preferably 1 to 30. When the thickness ratio is within the above range, both the ability to conform to irregularities and heat resistance can be achieved.
  • the thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable adhesive layer may be 3 to 20, or 5 to 15.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is not particularly limited, as long as it is an adduct of an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) with a (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) containing at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) as raw material monomers.
  • the present inventors have discovered that the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is less likely to leave adhesive residue on an adherend than a resin in which an ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the (meth)acrylic resin using a compound having an isocyanato group.
  • the protective sheet has high heat resistance and maintains high conformability to the irregularities of the adherend even when exposed to high temperature conditions from the step of attaching to the adherend, to the processing step, and the peeling step.
  • good peelability can be obtained by irradiating with active energy rays.
  • the raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) include at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2). It is preferable to use at least one alkyl (meth)acrylate selected from 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate as the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1).
  • the total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and even more preferably 55 mol% or more.
  • the functional group possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that can react with the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) can be, for example, a carboxy group when the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, an aziridinyl group, and a hydroxy group.
  • examples of the functional group that can react with the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) include an isocyanato group and a carboxy group.
  • a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) may also be used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).
  • the silicon atom content of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, thereby achieving a balance between adhesive strength to the adherend and adhesion to the metal film, resulting in a protective sheet with reduced metal film detachment.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably -80°C or higher, more preferably -70°C or higher, and even more preferably -60°C or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower, and even more preferably -20°C or lower.
  • a glass transition temperature of -80°C or higher results in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with high cohesive strength, thereby preventing resin elution during sheet molding.
  • a glass transition temperature of 0°C or lower results in even better adhesion between the intermediate layer and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 500 g/mol or more, more preferably 550 g/mol or more, and even more preferably 600 g/mol or more.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 5000 g/mol or less, more preferably 4000 g/mol or less, and even more preferably 2000 g/mol or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) may be 1500 g/mol or less, or may be 1000 g/mol or less. When the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent is within the above range, sufficient curability can be imparted.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 35 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more, the resin can react sufficiently with a crosslinking agent having a functional group reactive with an acid group, resulting in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with high cohesive strength.
  • the acid value is 100 mgKOH/g or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting resin is not too high, resulting in good handleability.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) relative to the total raw material monomers of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) is preferably 30 to 99 mol%, more preferably 40 to 90 mol%, and even more preferably 55 to 85 mol%.
  • the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is 30 mol% or more, adhesion to the intermediate layer is good.
  • alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is 99 mol% or less
  • a sufficient content of carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B2) and improving the cohesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups can be introduced, thereby sufficiently reducing the peel strength of the protective sheet when irradiated with active energy rays.
  • a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups can be introduced by the addition reaction of the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3), thereby enabling a sufficient reduction in the peel strength of the protective sheet when irradiated with active energy rays.
  • the amount of epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) is preferably 0.5 to 55 mol, more preferably 3 to 45 mol, and even more preferably 5 to 35 mol, relative to a total of 100 mol of the raw material monomers of (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).
  • the addition rate of epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) relative to the carboxy groups derived from carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) is preferably 10 to 99%, more preferably 20 to 95%, and even more preferably 40 to 90%.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-4) and other monomers (a2-5) may be used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).
  • a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0), its content is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol %, more preferably 0.02 to 5 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.
  • the content of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is 0.01 mol % or more, adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the metal film formed by a coating process such as sputtering is improved.
  • the content of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is 10 mol % or less, sufficient adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer can be ensured.
  • the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that does not have a functional group such as a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, nor a silicon atom, but has an alkyl group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) are the same as those of the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1).
  • the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that has a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) are the same as those of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3).
  • the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the term "epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound” also encompasses ethylenically unsaturated compounds containing an oxetane ring instead of an epoxy group.
  • glycidyl (meth)acrylate 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexane-1-allyl carboxylate, 3,4-epoxytricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decaneoxyethyl acrylate, and (3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methyl (meth)acrylate.
  • glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis
  • 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has a silicon atom and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyltrialkoxysilane, [[(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyl]alkyldialkoxysilane, and a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end, and more preferably a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end.
  • silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) include [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyltrialkoxysilanes and [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylsilanes such as [(meth)acryloyloxy]methyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]ethyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propyltrimethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]octyltrimethoxysilane, and [(meth)acryloyloxy]octyltriethoxysilane.
  • [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyltrialkoxysilanes and [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylsilanes such as [(meth)acryloyloxy]
  • Examples include [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyl]alkyldialkoxysilanes such as [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylmethyldimethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylmethyldiethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]ethylmethyldiethoxysilane, and [(meth)acryloyloxy]nonylmethyldiethoxysilane; p-styryltrimethoxysilane; methacryloyloxypropyltris(trimethylsilyloxy)silane; and silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in their molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end.
  • silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-4) can also be used.
  • commercially available products include "X-22-174ASX,” “X-22-174BX,” “X-22-2404,” and “KF-2012” (all of which are single-terminated methacrylic-modified silicone oils, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and "FM-0711,” “FM-0721,” and “FM-0725” (all of which are Silaplane, JNC Corporation), which have a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in their molecular structure.
  • silane coupling agents examples include silicone compounds having a methacryloyloxy group at one end; "TM-0701T” (Silaplane, JNC Corporation); silane coupling agents having a trialkoxysilyl group in their molecular structure, such as “KBE-503,” “KBM-503,” “KBM-5103,” “KBM-5803,” and “KBM-1403”; and silane coupling agents having an alkyldialkoxysilyl group in their molecular structure, such as “KBE-502" and "KBM-502.”
  • a silane coupling agent is a compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group and a reactive organic functional group.
  • the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) may be used alone or
  • Other monomers (a2-5) other than (a2-1), (a2-2), and (a2-4) can be compounds similar to the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5).
  • the other monomers (a2-5) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • crosslinking agent (B2) By including the crosslinking agent (B2) in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the cohesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved, and adhesive residue when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend can be reduced.
  • the crosslinking agent (B2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • any of the epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents used as crosslinking agent (B1) that does not contain a silicon atom can be used.
  • Epoxy crosslinking agents can be used alone, or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • Aziridine crosslinking agents can be used alone, or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B2) is preferably 0.05 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2).
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B2) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, a sufficient three-dimensional crosslinked structure is formed in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, resulting in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with sufficiently high cohesive strength.
  • the content of crosslinking agent (B2) is 30 parts by mass or less, an appropriate gelation time can be ensured during sheet molding.
  • Photopolymerization initiator (C) examples include benzophenone, benzil, benzoin, ⁇ -bromoacetophenone, chloroacetone, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, Michler's ketone, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin-n-butyl ether, benzyl methyl ketal, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylprop
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5.0 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2).
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be cured at a sufficiently fast curing rate by irradiation with active energy rays, thereby sufficiently reducing the peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after irradiation with active energy rays.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less likely to remain on the adherend when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend. Even if the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) exceeds 10.0 parts by mass, no effect commensurate with the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is observed. Therefore, by setting the content to 10.0 parts by mass or less, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be produced economically.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) as needed.
  • the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is not particularly limited as long as it contains a silicon atom and two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • Examples of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) include silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in the molecular structure and methacryloyloxy groups at both ends, silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in the molecular structure and vinyl groups at both ends, bis(divinyl)-terminated polydimethylsiloxane; silicone compounds having two or more acryloyloxy groups such as silicone diacrylate, silicone hexaacrylate, and silicone hexaurethaneacrylate; and silane coupling agents whose reactive organic functional groups have an allyl isocyanurate structure.
  • silicon-containing photocurable compounds (D) can also be used, such as "X-22-164,” “X-22-164AS,” “X-22-164A,” “X-22-164B,” “X-22-164C,” “X-22-164E,” and “X-12-1290” (all from Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), "FM-7711,” “FM-7721,” and “FM-7725” (all from Silaplane, JNC Corporation), “EBECRYL 350,” “EBECRYL 1360,” “EBECRYL 1365,” and “KRM8479” (all from Daicel Allnex Corporation), and “DMS-V34,” “DMS-R11,” and “DMS-VD11” (all from AZMAX Corporation).
  • the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the silicon atom content of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, thereby achieving a balance between adhesive strength to the adherend and adhesion to the metal film, resulting in a protective sheet with a reduced amount of metal film detachment.
  • the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is preferably 0.1 to 20.0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10.0 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 5.0 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2).
  • the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is 0.1 part by mass or more, the adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the metal film coated thereon is improved.
  • the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is 20.0 parts by mass or less, sufficient adhesive strength of the protective sheet can be obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may optionally contain other components in addition to the above-described ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), crosslinking agent (B2), photopolymerization initiator (C), and optional silicon-containing photocurable compound (D).
  • other components include tackifiers, solvents, and various additives. The tackifiers, solvents, and various additives may be the same as those described for the resin composition.
  • the method for producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is not particularly limited.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) can be obtained, for example, by copolymerizing raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) by a known polymerization method, and then adding an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) to at least a portion of the carboxy groups in the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).
  • the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) used in producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) can be obtained by the same method as the production method for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1). Among these, solution polymerization is preferred, and the type and amount of radical polymerization initiator and solvent used are the same as those described for the production method for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
  • the temperature of the addition reaction is preferably 80 to 150°C, and particularly preferably 90 to 130°C.
  • An addition reaction temperature of 80°C or higher ensures a sufficient reaction rate.
  • An addition reaction temperature of 150°C or lower prevents crosslinking of double bonds due to thermal radical polymerization, which would otherwise cause gelation.
  • the solvent used in the addition reaction is the same as that described for the solution polymerization method.
  • catalysts can be used as needed.
  • catalysts include primary amines such as n-butylamine, n-hexylamine, benzylamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, and diethylaminopropylamine; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine, dimethylbenzylamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene, and 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; and aromatic amines such as aniline, toluidine, phenylenediamine, diaminodiphenylmethane, and 1,8-diaminonaphthalene.
  • Pyridine compounds such as pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine; imidazole compounds such as imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole; ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium iodide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide; alkyl ureas such as tetramethylurea; alkyl guanidines such as tetramethylguanidine; phosphine compounds such as triphenylphosphine, dimethylphenylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, tributylphosphine, tris(4-methylphenyl)
  • a gas with a polymerization-inhibiting effect may be introduced into the reaction system, or a polymerization inhibitor may be added.
  • a gas with a polymerization-inhibiting effect into the reaction system, or by adding a polymerization inhibitor, gelation during the addition reaction can be prevented.
  • Gases that have the effect of inhibiting polymerization include gases that contain oxygen to a degree that does not fall within the explosive range of the substances in the system, such as air.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be any known one, and is not particularly limited. Examples include 4-methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, methoquinone, 2,6-di-t-butylphenol, 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and phenothiazine.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a gas with polymerization inhibitor effects in combination with a polymerization inhibitor is preferable, as it reduces the amount of polymerization inhibitor used and increases the polymerization inhibitor effect.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be produced by a conventionally known method, for example, by mixing and stirring the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), the crosslinking agent (B2), the photopolymerization initiator (C), and optionally the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D), and other components such as a tackifier, a solvent, and various additives, using a conventionally known method.
  • the pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may undergo a curing reaction by heat curing the obtained sheet in an oven or the like for a certain period of time, thereby forming a crosslinked structure.
  • the curing reaction may be carried out after laminating the intermediate layer or pre-cured intermediate layer and the pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the photocurable adhesive layer can also be produced by the following method.
  • a sheet having an intermediate layer on one main surface of a substrate is coated with an adhesive composition directly onto the intermediate layer. If a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer.
  • a release sheet is then laminated, if necessary, onto the pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer.
  • a crosslinked structure is then formed on the resulting sheet as described above.
  • a sheet having a pre-thermally cured intermediate layer on one main surface of a substrate is coated with an adhesive composition directly onto the pre-cured intermediate layer. If a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer.
  • the photocurable adhesive layer surface of the protective sheet is attached to the bump electrode-bearing surface of the pre-processed semiconductor device having bump electrodes. This protects the bump electrode-bearing surface of the pre-processed semiconductor device.
  • pre-processed semiconductor devices include semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as bumped semiconductor chips, bumped printed wiring boards (PCBs), and bumped flexible printed circuit boards (FPCs). These semiconductor devices are subjected to various processing steps in the manufacturing process up to the mounting step in which the bump electrodes are connected to other electronic devices. Protecting the bump electrode-bearing surface during the processing steps can prevent scratches, damage, contamination, etc., on the bump electrode-bearing surface.
  • the protective sheet can also serve as a temporary fixation function for the pre-processed semiconductor device for subsequent processing steps.
  • protective sheets are attached to some or all of the surfaces with bump electrodes during the protection process.
  • protective sheets can be attached to non-mounting surfaces excluding the mounting surfaces of the surfaces with bump electrodes.
  • the heating process can be any heating process used in the manufacture of conventional semiconductor devices, without any particular restrictions.
  • Examples of heating processes include the after-cure process for PCBs with bumps, the sputtering process for semiconductor chips, and the reflow process for connecting semiconductor chips.
  • the photo-curable adhesive layer of the protective sheet will be exposed in the gaps between the semiconductor chips.
  • a metal film is formed during the sputtering process not only on the surface of the semiconductor chip, but also on the exposed areas of the photo-curable adhesive layer.
  • the protective sheet maintains its adhesion to the metal film even after the active energy ray irradiation process, all the way up to the peeling process, and is able to reduce detachment of the metal film. This reduces metal contamination of the equipment and semiconductor chips used in each process.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be crosslinked economically while reducing the impact of the active energy ray irradiation on the adherend.
  • peeling process In the peeling process, the protective sheet is peeled and removed from the surface with the bump electrodes.
  • the peeling process is performed after the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured by irradiating it with active energy rays. By irradiating it with active energy rays, the ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer form a three-dimensional crosslinked structure and are cured. As a result, the peel strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reduced. Then, the protective sheet is peeled off from the semiconductor device.
  • (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) N,N-dimethylacrylamide radical polymerization initiator: 2,2'-Azobis(isobutyronitrile), Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • Isocyanato group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound KarenzTM MOI (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate), Resonac Co., Ltd.
  • Synthesis Example 1 Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Free (Meth)acrylic Resin (A1-1)
  • a mixed solution containing raw material monomers namely, 6.7 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 48.1 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 33.7 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 9.6 parts by mass of N,N-dimethylacrylamide, 1.4 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 0.5 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and 0.10 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(isobutyronitrile) as a polymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers, was prepared.
  • Synthesis Example 2 Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resin (A2-1) A first mixed solution was prepared containing raw material monomers, 81.0 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 1.5 parts by mass of FM-0711, and 17.5 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and 0.10 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(isobutyronitrile) as a radical polymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers.
  • reaction system to which 4-methoxyphenol had been added was heated to 100°C, and the second mixed solution described above was added dropwise over 0.5 hours. Stirring was then continued at 100°C for 8 hours, and the mixture was then cooled to room temperature (23°C), yielding a reaction solution (solids content: 40% by mass) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2-1) (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 510,000, glass transition temperature (Tg): -41°C, acid value: 10.6 mg KOH/g, hydroxyl value: 93.3 mg KOH/g, ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent: 602 g/mol).
  • A2-1 weight average molecular weight (Mw): 510,000
  • glass transition temperature (Tg): -41°C glass transition temperature (Tg): -41°C
  • acid value 10.6 mg KOH/g
  • hydroxyl value 93.3 mg KOH/g
  • Synthesis Examples 3 to 5 Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resins (A2-2) to (A2-4) Reaction solutions containing ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resins (A2-2) to (A2-4) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2, except that the raw material monomers and the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) shown in Table 2 were used in the blending amounts shown in Table 2 and the amount of butyl acetate was adjusted so that the solid content was 40 mass%.
  • a four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer, dropping funnel, condenser, and nitrogen inlet tube was charged with 50.0 parts by mass of ethyl acetate per 100 parts by mass of raw monomer as a solvent, and the temperature was raised to 80°C under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. While maintaining the reaction temperature at 80°C ⁇ 2°C, the above mixed solution was added dropwise to the four-neck flask at a uniform rate over a period of four hours. After the addition was complete, polymerization was carried out with continued stirring at a temperature of 80°C ⁇ 2°C for an additional six hours.
  • the temperature of the reactants was then lowered to 60°C, and a mixture of 16.0 parts by mass of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, 0.05 parts by mass of dibutyltin dilaurate (a urethane catalyst), and 74 parts by mass of ethyl acetate was added dropwise through the dropping funnel.
  • reaction solution solids content: 40% by mass
  • cA2-1 weight average molecular weight (Mw): 600,000
  • glass transition temperature (Tg): -44°C glass transition temperature (Tg): -44°C, acid value: 0.8 mg KOH/g, hydroxyl value: 5.9 mg KOH/g, ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent: 1125 g/mol
  • a resin (A1-1) solution containing 30 mass % of resin (A1-1) was obtained by adding ethyl acetate as a diluent solvent to a reaction solution containing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1-1) (also simply referred to as resin (A1-1)) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.
  • a resin composition (X1) for an intermediate layer was obtained by the method described below.
  • the resin (A1-1) solution and L-45E as crosslinking agent (B1) were added to a plastic container in the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 3 and stirred to obtain resin composition (X1) for the intermediate layer.
  • the values in Table 3 for the resin (A1) solution i.e., the (meth)acrylic resin (A1) solution not containing ethylenically unsaturated groups, are the amounts (parts by mass) used for the resin (A1) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (A1).
  • the values for the crosslinking agent (B1) are the amounts (parts by mass) added per 100 parts by mass of the resin (A1) solution.
  • the resin composition (X1) was applied directly to a substrate so that the film thickness after heat curing would be 125 ⁇ m, and the resulting film was dried by heating at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1).
  • a release sheet was then attached to the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1).
  • a 25 ⁇ m-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E5100, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the substrate.
  • a 25 ⁇ m-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E7006, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the release sheet.
  • the film thickness after heat curing was measured on the intermediate layer (X1-1) obtained by curing the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1) in an oven at 40°C for 3 days.
  • Pre-Cured Intermediate Layer (X1-2) A pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-2) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1), except that a 25 ⁇ m thick polyamide (PA) film (EX-25, Unitika Ltd.) was used as the substrate, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.
  • PA polyamide
  • Pre-Cured Intermediate Layer (X1-3) A pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-3) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1), except that a 50 ⁇ m thick polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film (Q83, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the substrate, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • a resin (A2-1) solution containing 30 mass % of resin (A2-1) was obtained by adding ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent to a reaction solution containing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2-1) (also simply referred to as resin (A2-1)) obtained in Synthesis Example 2.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1) for a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained using the resin (A2-1) solution by the method described below.
  • the resin (A2-1) solution, Tetrad X as the crosslinking agent (B2), and TPO as the photopolymerization initiator (C) were added to a plastic container in the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 4 and stirred to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1) for the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the values for resin (A2) solution in Table 4, i.e., ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) solution, are the amounts (parts by mass) used for resin (A2) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (A2).
  • the values for resin (cA2) solution in Table 4, i.e., ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (cA2) solution are the amounts (parts by mass) used for resin (cA2) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (cA2).
  • the values for crosslinker (B2) and photopolymerization initiator (C) are the amounts (parts by mass) blended per 100 parts by mass of resin (A2) solution or resin (cA2) solution.
  • the values for silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) are the amounts (parts by mass) blended per 100 parts by mass of resin (A2).
  • the adhesive composition (Y1) was coated directly onto a release sheet so that the film thickness after heat curing would be 25 ⁇ m, and then heated and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes to form a pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1).
  • a release sheet was then laminated onto the pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1).
  • a 25 ⁇ m-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E7006, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the release sheet.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the film thickness after heat curing was measured on the photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1) obtained by curing the pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1) in an oven at 40°C for 3 days.
  • Pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (Y2) to (Y7) were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1), except for using the raw materials and blending amounts shown in Table 4.
  • Pre-heat-cure photo-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (Y2-1) to (Y7-1) with release sheets attached were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pre-heat-cure photo-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), except for using pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (Y2) to (Y7) instead of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1), and the film thicknesses after thermal curing were measured.
  • Pre-thermal Curing Photocurable Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer (Y1-2) A pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-2) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as in the production of the pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), except that the film thickness after thermal curing was 150 ⁇ m, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.
  • Example 1 (Production of protective sheet)
  • the release sheet was peeled from the pre-curing intermediate layer (X1-1) to which it had been attached, and the release sheet was peeled from one side of the pre-thermo-cure light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1) to which the release sheet had been attached, and the two layers were attached with the exposed surfaces facing each other. Thereafter, the layers were cured in an oven at 40°C for 3 days to crosslink and cure the pre-curing intermediate layer (X1-1) and the pre-thermo-cure light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), thereby obtaining the protective sheet of Example 1.
  • Examples 2 to 4 Comparative Examples 1 to 5
  • a protective sheet was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pre-curing intermediate layer (X) or the intermediate layer (X) and the pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y) shown in Table 5 was used.
  • the protective sheet was cut into a size of 25 mm long and 100 mm wide, and the release sheet on the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side was peeled off to expose the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the protective sheet was then attached to a glass plate so that the exposed photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, i.e., the measurement surface, was in contact with the glass plate, and a 2 kg rubber roller (width: approximately 50 mm) was rolled back and forth once to obtain a sample for measuring peel strength before UV irradiation.
  • the resulting measurement sample was left for 24 hours in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50%. Then, in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2009, a tensile test was conducted in the 180° direction at a peel rate of 300 mm/min in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50% using a tensile tester (Texture Analyzer, Eiko Seiki Co., Ltd.), and the peel strength (N/25 mm) of the adhesive sheet against the glass plate was measured.
  • a tensile tester Texture Analyzer, Eiko Seiki Co., Ltd.
  • the peel strength (N/25 mm) of the adhesive sheet against the glass plate was measured for the obtained measurement sample in the same manner as for "Peel strength before UV irradiation.”
  • Step filling: dicing process The process test sample obtained in the protection process was diced using a blade (SDC200 R100NMR, kerf width: 0.3 mm, blade rotation speed: 28,000 rpm, cutting speed: 30 mm/sec, cut depth: 100 ⁇ m, Tokyo Seimitsu Co., Ltd.) to obtain small pieces of process test samples. These were irradiated with UV from the protective sheet side at 50 mJ/ cm2 to partially cure the photocurable adhesive layer. For UV irradiation, a conveyor-type ultraviolet irradiation device (Eye Graphics Co., Ltd., 2 kW lamp, 80 W/cm2) was used.
  • the sample was observed with an optical microscope from the protective sheet side, and the step filling ability in the dicing process was evaluated as "excellent” if the area containing air bubbles was 1% or less of the entire PCB with bumps, "good” if it was greater than 1% but less than 10%, and “poor” if it was 10% or more.
  • a sputtering device SDH Series (product name, ULVAC, Inc.) was used to form a copper film approximately 1.8 ⁇ m thick on the small process test samples obtained in the dicing process at a temperature of 60 to 150°C and a pressure of 7 ⁇ 10 -1 Pa, forming an electromagnetic shield. UV was irradiated from the protective sheet side at 500 mJ/cm 2 to cure the photocurable adhesive layer.
  • a die bonder BESTEM-02 product name, Canon Machinery Inc.
  • BESTEM-02 product name, Canon Machinery Inc.
  • the metal film adhesion was evaluated as "excellent” if the area ratio of the copper powder peeled off from the protective sheet was 1% or less, "good” if it was more than 1% but less than 10%, and “poor” if it was 10% or more.
  • the area evaluation was performed using an optical microscope.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

A protective sheet according to the present invention includes a base material and, in order on one principal surface of the base material, an intermediate layer and a photocurable adhesive layer. The intermediate layer is a thermoset product of a resin composition that contains: a (meth)acrylic resin (A1) that does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group; and a crosslinking agent (B1). The photocurable adhesive layer is a thermoset product of an adhesive composition that contains: a (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that contains an ethylenically unsaturated group; a crosslinking agent (B2); and a photopolymerization initiator (C). The (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that contains an ethylenically unsaturated group is at least a product of adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) that contains an epoxy group to a (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) for which an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) that contains a carboxyl group are used as starting material monomers. The photocurable adhesive layer contains 1000–100000 mass ppm of silicon atoms.

Description

保護シート及び半導体デバイスの製造方法PROTECTIVE SHEET AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE

 本開示の内容は、保護シート及び半導体デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a method for manufacturing a protective sheet and a semiconductor device.

 半導体デバイスの製造工程において、様々な保護シートが用いられている。具体的には、バックグラインドテープ、ダイシングテープなどがある。バックグラインドテープは、半導体ウエハのバックグラインド工程においてウエハを保護するためのシートであり、ダイシングテープは、半導体ウエハを素子小片に切り分けるダイシング工程において用いられる固定用シートである。これらの保護シートは、被着体である半導体ウエハに貼付され、所定の加工工程が終了した後に被着体から剥離される再剥離型の保護シートである。 A variety of protective sheets are used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices. Specific examples include backgrinding tape and dicing tape. Backgrinding tape is a sheet used to protect semiconductor wafers during the backgrinding process, while dicing tape is a fixing sheet used in the dicing process, where the semiconductor wafer is cut into small element pieces. These protective sheets are removable, being affixed to the semiconductor wafer as an adherend and then peeled off from the adherend after the specified processing steps are completed.

 近年では、電子機器の小型化及び高密度化に伴い、半導体素子を最小の面積で実装可能な方法として、フリップチップ実装が主流となりつつある。フリップチップ実装においては、チップ間の接合を図るために、半田からなる先端部を有するバンプ電極を有する半導体チップ(例えば、Through Silicon Via(TSV)チップ)が使用される。このバンプ付き半導体チップは、半田の溶融温度以上の温度、通常は200℃以上に加熱するリフロー工程によって、他の半導体チップ又は基板と電気的に接合されて実装される。ところで、通信用の電子機器に半導体チップを実装する場合は、チップ内部から生じる電磁波により通信障害が発生する場合がある。これを防止するために、半導体チップ外周部に、電磁波遮蔽シールドとして金属膜を蒸着させるスパッタリング工程を行う場合もある。スパッタリング工程は、通常は150℃以上で行われる。リフロー工程及びスパッタリング工程において、バンプ表面を保護するために再剥離型の保護シートが使用される。 In recent years, as electronic devices have become smaller and denser, flip-chip mounting has become the mainstream method for mounting semiconductor elements in the smallest possible space. In flip-chip mounting, semiconductor chips with solder-tipped bump electrodes (e.g., Through Silicon Via (TSV) chips) are used to bond chips together. These bumped semiconductor chips are electrically bonded to other semiconductor chips or substrates through a reflow process, in which the chip is heated to a temperature above the solder's melting point, typically 200°C or higher, for mounting. However, when semiconductor chips are mounted in electronic devices for communications, electromagnetic waves generated inside the chip can sometimes cause communication problems. To prevent this, a sputtering process is sometimes performed, in which a metal film is vapor-deposited around the periphery of the semiconductor chip as an electromagnetic wave shield. The sputtering process is typically performed at 150°C or higher. A removable protective sheet is used to protect the bump surface during the reflow and sputtering processes.

 例えば、特許文献1には、回路形成面を有する電子部品と、基材層、凹凸吸収性樹脂層及び粘着性樹脂層をこの順番に有する粘着性積層フィルムを用いた電子装置の製造方法が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a method for manufacturing an electronic device using an electronic component having a circuit-forming surface and an adhesive laminate film having, in that order, a base layer, an irregularity-absorbing resin layer, and an adhesive resin layer.

特開2021-163785号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2021-163785

 バンプ付き半導体チップ及びバンプ付きプリント配線基板(PCB)等の半導体デバイスは、その表面に大きな凹凸形状を有しているため、加工工程中など、表面保護機能を果たす間、保護シートは正確に凹凸形状に追従して密着することが求められる。加えて、保護シートには、高い耐熱性が要求される。耐熱性が不足している場合、リフロー工程及びスパッタリング工程などの高温処理中に、保護シートからアウトガスが発生して被着体からの浮きが生じたり、剥離時に被着体に糊残りが生じたりするなどの問題が発生する。スパッタリング工程は、半導体デバイス外周部を金属膜で被覆する工程である。そのため、半導体デバイス間には空隙が存在し、スパッタリングを行う際に、保護シート上にも金属膜が蒸着されることになる。半導体製造プロセスにおける汚染防止の観点から、保護シートに付着した金属膜は、半導体デバイスを保護シートから剥離した後も保護シート上に保持されることが望ましい。 Semiconductor devices such as bumped semiconductor chips and bumped printed wiring boards (PCBs) have large irregularities on their surfaces. Therefore, while fulfilling their surface protection function during processing, etc., protective sheets must accurately conform to these irregularities and adhere tightly. In addition, protective sheets must have high heat resistance. If heat resistance is insufficient, problems such as outgassing from the protective sheet during high-temperature treatments such as reflow and sputtering, causing the sheet to lift from the substrate, or leaving adhesive residue on the substrate when peeled off, can occur. The sputtering process coats the periphery of semiconductor devices with a metal film. As a result, gaps exist between the semiconductor devices, and the metal film is also deposited on the protective sheet during sputtering. From the perspective of preventing contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process, it is desirable for the metal film attached to the protective sheet to remain on the protective sheet even after the semiconductor device is peeled off from the protective sheet.

 しかしながら、従来の保護シートは、上記の条件を全て満足するものではなかった。例えば、特許文献1では、耐熱性の不足に起因して、保護シート剥離時に半導体デバイスに糊残りが発生する場合があった。さらに、スパッタリング工程終了後に半導体デバイスを保護シートからピックアップして剥離する際、保護シートと金属膜間の密着性が不十分であり、金属膜が保護シートから脱離し、半導体デバイスを汚染したり、半導体製造プロセスにおける汚染源となる場合があった。 However, conventional protective sheets did not satisfy all of the above requirements. For example, in Patent Document 1, due to insufficient heat resistance, adhesive residue could remain on the semiconductor device when the protective sheet was peeled off. Furthermore, when the semiconductor device was picked up and peeled off from the protective sheet after the sputtering process was completed, the adhesion between the protective sheet and the metal film was insufficient, causing the metal film to detach from the protective sheet, contaminating the semiconductor device or becoming a source of contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process.

 本開示は、各種加工工程を通して、バンプ付き半導体チップ、バンプ付きPCB等の表面に凹凸を有する半導体デバイスの表面の凹凸に正確に追従して密着し、UV照射後には半導体デバイスから糊残りなく剥離することが可能である一方、コーティングされた金属膜に対してはUV照射後においても優れた密着性を有する保護シートを提供する。特に、被着体表面の凹凸の段差が大きい場合、及び200℃等の高温処理を行う工程を経た場合においても、正確に表面の凹凸に追従して密着し、UV照射後には半導体デバイスから糊残りなく剥離することが可能である一方、コーティングされた金属膜に対してはUV照射後においても優れた密着性を有する保護シートを提供する。さらに、保護シートを用いた半導体デバイスの製造方法を提供する。 The present disclosure provides a protective sheet that, through various processing steps, accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface of semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as semiconductor chips with bumps and PCBs with bumps, and adheres tightly to the surfaces. It can be peeled off from the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue, while maintaining excellent adhesion to coated metal films even after UV irradiation. In particular, the disclosure provides a protective sheet that accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface and adheres tightly to the surfaces, even when the unevenness of the adherend surface is large, or even after undergoing a high-temperature treatment process at 200°C or higher. It can be peeled off from the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue, while maintaining excellent adhesion to coated metal films even after UV irradiation. Furthermore, a method for manufacturing semiconductor devices using the protective sheet is provided.

 本開示の内容は以下の態様を含む。
[1]
 基材と、前記基材の一方の主面上に中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層とをこの順で有する保護シートであって、
 前記中間層が、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と、架橋剤(B1)とを含有する樹脂組成物の熱硬化物であり、前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、前記架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基と反応する官能基を複数個有し、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層が、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)と、架橋剤(B2)と、光重合開始剤(C)とを含有する粘着剤組成物の熱硬化物であり、
前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、前記架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基と反応する官能基を複数個有し、
 前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)とカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)とを原料単量体とする(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)へのエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加物であり、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層が、1000~100000質量ppmのケイ素原子を含有する保護シート。
[2]
 前記(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、さらにケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)を用いる、[1]に記載の保護シート。
[3]
 前記粘着剤組成物が、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)をさらに含有する、[1]又は[2]に記載の保護シート。
[4]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)のガラス転移温度(Tg)が-80~0℃である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[5]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)が、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、及びヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)を原料単量体とする共重合体であり、
 前記架橋剤(B1)がイソシアネート架橋剤である、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[6]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、さらにカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を用いる、[5]に記載の保護シート。
[7]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、さらに(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)を用いる、[5]又は[6]に記載の保護シート。
[8]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の酸価が1~100mgKOH/gである[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[9]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のエチレン性不飽和基当量が500~5000g/molである[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[10]
 前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のガラス転移温度(Tg)が-80~0℃である、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[11]
 前記架橋剤(B2)が、エポキシ架橋剤及びアジリジン架橋剤からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[12]
 前記基材が樹脂シートであり、前記樹脂シートの原料樹脂が、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)、ポリアミド(PA)、及びポリイミド(PI)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[13]
 前記基材の厚みが5μm~300μmである[1]~[12]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[14]
 前記中間層の厚みが30~600μmであり、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みが1~100μmであり、
 前記中間層と前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの比(中間層/光硬化型粘着剤層)が、1~50である、[1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の保護シート。
[15]
 [1]~[14]のいずれかに記載の保護シートの光硬化型粘着剤層面を処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面に貼り付ける保護工程、
 前記保護シートに対して活性エネルギー線照射を行い、前記光硬化型粘着剤層を光硬化させる活性エネルギー線照射工程、
 前記保護シートを貼り付けた、処理前半導体デバイスの加熱工程、及び
 前記保護シートを前記バンプ電極付き面から剥離する剥離工程
を含む、バンプ電極を有する半導体デバイスの製造方法。
[16]
 前記バンプ電極の高さをH[μm]とし、前記中間層と前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの合計をd[μm]としたとき、d/Hが1.00~100である、[15]に記載の半導体デバイスの製造方法。
[17]
 前記加熱工程の最高到達温度が80~300℃である、[15]又は[16]に記載の半導体デバイスの製造方法。
The present disclosure includes the following aspects.
[1]
A protective sheet having a substrate, and an intermediate layer and a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order on one main surface of the substrate,
the intermediate layer is a thermosetting product of a resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and a crosslinking agent (B1), the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) having a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1);
the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermosetting product of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), a crosslinking agent (B2), and a photopolymerization initiator (C);
the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) has a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups contained in the crosslinking agent (B2),
the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is an adduct of an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) to a (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) having, as raw material monomers, at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2);
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains 1,000 to 100,000 ppm by mass of silicon atoms.
[2]
The protective sheet according to [1], wherein a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is further used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).
[3]
The protective sheet according to [1] or [2], wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition further contains a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D).
[4]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of −80 to 0° C.
[5]
the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is a copolymer containing, as raw material monomers, at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2);
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the crosslinking agent (B1) is an isocyanate crosslinking agent.
[6]
The protective sheet according to [5], wherein a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is further used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
[7]
The protective sheet according to [5] or [6], wherein a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is further used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).
[8]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is 1 to 100 mgKOH/g.
[9]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is 500 to 5000 g/mol.
[10]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of −80 to 0° C.
[11]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the crosslinking agent (B2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents.
[12]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the substrate is a resin sheet, and the raw material resin of the resin sheet is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyamide (PA), and polyimide (PI).
[13]
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein the thickness of the substrate is 5 μm to 300 μm.
[14]
The thickness of the intermediate layer is 30 to 600 μm,
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 1 to 100 μm,
The protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (intermediate layer/photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is 1 to 50.
[15]
a protection step of attaching the photocurable adhesive layer surface of the protective sheet according to any one of [1] to [14] to a bump electrode-bearing surface of an unprocessed semiconductor device;
an active energy ray irradiation step of irradiating the protective sheet with active energy rays to photocure the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer;
A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having bump electrodes, comprising: a heating step of the unprocessed semiconductor device to which the protective sheet is attached; and a peeling step of peeling the protective sheet from the surface with the bump electrodes.
[16]
[16] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to [15], wherein d/H is 1.00 to 100, where H [μm] is the height of the bump electrode and d [μm] is the total thickness of the intermediate layer and the photocurable adhesive layer.
[17]
The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to [15] or [16], wherein the maximum temperature reached in the heating step is 80 to 300°C.

 本開示によれば、各種加工工程を通して、バンプ付き半導体チップ、バンプ付きPCB等の表面に凹凸を有する半導体デバイスの表面の凹凸に正確に追従して密着し、UV照射後には半導体デバイスから糊残りなく剥離することが可能である一方、コーティングされた金属膜に対してはUV照射後においても優れた密着性を有する保護シートを提供することができる。特に、被着体表面の凹凸の段差が大きい場合、及び200℃等の高温処理を行う工程を経た場合においても、正確に表面の凹凸に追従して密着し、UV照射後には半導体デバイスから糊残りなく剥離することが可能である一方、コーティングされた金属膜に対してはUV照射後においても優れた密着性を有する保護シートを提供することができる。さらに、保護シートを用いた半導体デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present disclosure, a protective sheet can be provided that, through various processing steps, accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface of semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as semiconductor chips with bumps and PCBs with bumps, and adheres tightly to the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue. It also has excellent adhesion to coated metal films, even after UV irradiation. In particular, even when the unevenness of the adherend surface is large, or even after undergoing a high-temperature treatment process at 200°C or higher, a protective sheet can be provided that accurately conforms to the unevenness of the surface and adheres tightly to the semiconductor devices after UV irradiation without leaving any adhesive residue. It also has excellent adhesion to coated metal films, even after UV irradiation. Furthermore, a method for manufacturing semiconductor devices using the protective sheet can be provided.

 保護シートが有する光硬化型粘着剤層の粘着力は、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより低下する。具体的には、光硬化型粘着剤層は、活性エネルギー線を照射する前には被着体に対して十分な粘着力を示し、活性エネルギー線を照射した後には樹脂中の不飽和結合が三次元架橋構造を形成して硬化することにより粘着力が低下して優れた剥離性を示すとともに、剥離後の被着体への糊残りを十分に防止することができる。一方で、活性エネルギー線を照射することによって、保護シートが有する光硬化型粘着剤層の粘着力が低下した状態においても、粘着剤層は金属膜に対する一定の密着性を有する。そのため、光硬化型粘着剤層上にコーティングされた金属膜が、活性エネルギー線照射後に脱離する量を低減することができ、半導体製造プロセスにおける金属汚染を低減することができる。 The adhesive strength of the photocurable adhesive layer of the protective sheet is reduced by irradiation with active energy rays. Specifically, the photocurable adhesive layer exhibits sufficient adhesive strength to the adherend before irradiation with active energy rays, but after irradiation with active energy rays, the unsaturated bonds in the resin form a three-dimensional crosslinked structure and harden, reducing the adhesive strength and exhibiting excellent removability while also fully preventing adhesive residue on the adherend after peeling. Meanwhile, even when the adhesive strength of the photocurable adhesive layer of the protective sheet is reduced by irradiation with active energy rays, the adhesive layer still maintains a certain degree of adhesion to the metal film. Therefore, the amount of metal film coated on the photocurable adhesive layer that detaches after irradiation with active energy rays can be reduced, thereby reducing metal contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process.

図1は、一実施形態における保護シートの概略断面図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a protective sheet in one embodiment.

 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施形態に限定されるものではない。 The following describes in detail an embodiment of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiment described below.

 本明細書では、数値範囲について「~」を使用する場合には、両端の数値は、それぞれ上限値及び下限値であり、数値範囲に含まれる。上限値又は下限値が複数記載されている場合は、上限値と下限値の全ての組み合わせから数値範囲を作ることができる。同様に、複数の数値範囲が記載されている場合は、それらの数値範囲から上限値と下限値を個別に選択して組み合わせることで、別個の数値範囲を作ることができる。 In this specification, when "~" is used to describe a numerical range, the numerical values at both ends are the upper and lower limits, respectively, and are included in the numerical range. When multiple upper or lower limits are listed, numerical ranges can be created using all combinations of the upper and lower limits. Similarly, when multiple numerical ranges are listed, separate numerical ranges can be created by individually selecting and combining the upper and lower limits from those numerical ranges.

 本開示において、(メタ)アクリルとは、「アクリル」又は「メタクリル」を意味する。(メタ)アクリレートとは、「アクリレート」又は「メタクリレート」を意味し、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシとは、「アクリロイルオキシ」又は「メタクリロイルオキシ」を意味する。 In this disclosure, (meth)acrylic means "acrylic" or "methacrylic". (meth)acrylate means "acrylate" or "methacrylate", and (meth)acryloyloxy means "acryloyloxy" or "methacryloyloxy".

 本開示において、「エチレン性不飽和結合」とは、芳香環を形成する炭素原子を除く炭素原子間で形成される二重結合を意味し、「エチレン性不飽和基」とは、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を意味し、「エチレン性不飽和化合物」とは、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を意味する。 In this disclosure, "ethylenically unsaturated bond" means a double bond formed between carbon atoms excluding carbon atoms forming an aromatic ring, "ethylenically unsaturated group" means a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and "ethylenically unsaturated compound" means a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.

 本開示において、「重量平均分子量(Mw)」及び「数平均分子量(Mn)」は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC:gel permeation chromatography)を用いて下記条件にて常温(23℃)で測定し、標準ポリスチレン検量線を用いて求めた値とする。
 装置:Shodex(商標) GPC-101(株式会社レゾナック)
 カラム:Shodex(商標) LF-804(株式会社レゾナック)
 カラム温度:40℃
 試料:試料の0.2質量%テトラヒドロフラン溶液
 流量:1mL/分
 溶離液:テトラヒドロフラン
 検出器:RI検出器
In the present disclosure, the "weight average molecular weight (Mw)" and the "number average molecular weight (Mn)" are values measured at room temperature (23°C) using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions and calculated using a standard polystyrene calibration curve.
Apparatus: Shodex (trademark) GPC-101 (Resonac Co., Ltd.)
Column: Shodex (trademark) LF-804 (Resonac Inc.)
Column temperature: 40°C
Sample: 0.2% by mass solution of sample in tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1 mL/min Eluent: tetrahydrofuran Detector: RI detector

 本開示において、(メタ)アクリル樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、下記式(1)のFOX式(Fox,T.G.,Bull.Am.Phys.Soc.,1(1956),p.123)を用いて求められる絶対温度でのガラス転移温度Tgaを摂氏温度に換算して求められる値を意味する。
1/Tga=Σi(Wi/Tgi)・・・(1)
(式(1)中、Tgaは(メタ)アクリル樹脂のガラス転移温度(単位は絶対温度)である。Wiは各単量体iの、(メタ)アクリル樹脂中の質量割合である。Tgiは各単量体iのみから形成される単独重合体のガラス転移温度(単位は絶対温度)である。)
In the present disclosure, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a (meth)acrylic resin means a value obtained by converting the glass transition temperature Tga in absolute temperature, which is obtained using the FOX equation (Fox, T. G., Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 1 (1956), p. 123) of the following formula (1), into Celsius temperature:
1/Tga=Σi(Wi/Tgi)...(1)
(In formula (1), Tga is the glass transition temperature (unit: absolute temperature) of the (meth)acrylic resin. Wi is the mass proportion of each monomer i in the (meth)acrylic resin. Tgi is the glass transition temperature (unit: absolute temperature) of a homopolymer formed only from each monomer i.)

 本開示において、「酸価(mgKOH/g)」は、JIS K 0070:1992に従って測定された値とする。 In this disclosure, "acid value (mgKOH/g)" refers to the value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.

 本開示において、「水酸基価(mgKOH/g)」は、JIS K 0070:1992に従って測定された値とする。 In this disclosure, "hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)" refers to the value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.

 本開示において、「エチレン性不飽和基当量(g/mol)」は、JIS K 0070:1992に従って測定されたヨウ素価から算出された値とする。 In this disclosure, "ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent (g/mol)" refers to a value calculated from the iodine value measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.

〈保護シート〉
 一実施形態の保護シートは、基材と、基材の一方の主面上に中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層とをこの順で有する。保護シートは、中間層と、光硬化可能な粘着剤層を有するため、200℃等の高温処理を行う工程を経た場合においても、正確に被着体表面の凹凸に追従して密着し、活性エネルギー線照射後には糊残りなく剥離することができる。さらに粘着剤層にケイ素を含有させることで、粘着剤層と金属との密着性を向上させることができる。その結果、スパッタリング等のコーティング処理により金属膜を形成した後に活性エネルギー線を照射した後においても、コーティングされた金属膜が保護シートから脱離して被着体を汚染したり、半導体製造プロセスにおける汚染源となることを低減することができる。図1は、一実施形態における保護シートの概略断面図である。保護シート10は、基材12と、基材12の一方の主面の上に配置された中間層14と、中間層14の上に配置された光硬化型粘着剤層16とを有する。図1では、中間層14は、基材12の上側の主面に配置されている。保護シート10は、必要に応じて、光硬化型粘着剤層16の上に配置された剥離シート18を更に有してもよい。剥離シート18は、保護シートを使用に供するまでの間、光硬化型粘着剤層の表面、すなわち被着体への貼付け面を保護する目的で、光硬化型粘着剤層の外側に貼り付けられる。保護シートは、例えば、バックグラインドテープ、及びダイシングテープとして好適に用いることができる。
<Protective sheet>
A protective sheet according to one embodiment comprises a substrate, an intermediate layer, and a photocurable adhesive layer, in that order, on one main surface of the substrate. Because the protective sheet comprises the intermediate layer and the photocurable adhesive layer, it adheres accurately to the irregularities on the adherend even after high-temperature treatment, such as at 200°C, and can be peeled off without leaving any adhesive residue after irradiation with active energy rays. Furthermore, by incorporating silicon into the adhesive layer, the adhesion between the adhesive layer and metal can be improved. As a result, even after forming a metal film by a coating process such as sputtering and then irradiating it with active energy rays, the coated metal film is prevented from detaching from the protective sheet and contaminating the adherend or becoming a source of contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process. Figure 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a protective sheet according to one embodiment. The protective sheet 10 comprises a substrate 12, an intermediate layer 14 disposed on one main surface of the substrate 12, and a photocurable adhesive layer 16 disposed on the intermediate layer 14. In Figure 1, the intermediate layer 14 is disposed on the upper main surface of the substrate 12. The protective sheet 10 may further include a release sheet 18 disposed on the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 16, as needed. The release sheet 18 is attached to the outside of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for the purpose of protecting the surface of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, i.e., the surface to be attached to an adherend, until the protective sheet is put into use. The protective sheet can be suitably used, for example, as a backgrinding tape or a dicing tape.

 保護シートは、打ち抜き法などにより被着体の形状に応じた形状とされた保護シートとして用いてもよい。保護シートは、巻き取って切断することにより、ロール形状とされた保護シートとして用いてもよい。 The protective sheet may be cut into a shape that matches the shape of the adherend by a punching method or the like. The protective sheet may also be wound up and cut into a roll for use.

 保護シートの厚みは、被着体表面が有する凹凸の段差、例えばバンプ高さにもよるが、好ましくは36μm~1000μmであり、より好ましくは50μm~800μmであり、さらに好ましくは75μm~600μmである。より確実に被着体表面の凹凸に追従し、加工工程中の被着体の加工精度を確保する観点からは、被着体表面が有する凹凸の段差に対し、保護シートの厚みを1.00~100倍程度とすることが好ましい。 The thickness of the protective sheet depends on the unevenness of the adherend surface, such as the bump height, but is preferably 36 μm to 1000 μm, more preferably 50 μm to 800 μm, and even more preferably 75 μm to 600 μm. From the perspective of more reliably following the unevenness of the adherend surface and ensuring the processing accuracy of the adherend during the processing step, it is preferable for the protective sheet thickness to be approximately 1.00 to 100 times the unevenness of the adherend surface.

 保護シートの剥離強度は、保護シートの厚み及び被着体の種類、並びに加工工程の種類及び順序にもよるが、例えば、活性エネルギー線照射前の剥離強度が、2.0~25N/25mmであることが好ましく、3.0~20N/25mmであることがより好ましく、5.0~15N/25mmであることがさらに好ましい。活性エネルギー線照射前の剥離強度が、2.0N/25mm以上であれば、活性エネルギー線照射前の被着体に対する粘着力が良好である。活性エネルギー線照射前の剥離強度が25N/25mm以下であれば、剥離時の剥離強度を十分に下げることが可能であり、被着体への糊残りを低減できる。 The peel strength of the protective sheet will vary depending on the thickness of the protective sheet, the type of adherend, and the type and order of processing steps, but for example, the peel strength before active energy ray irradiation is preferably 2.0 to 25 N/25 mm, more preferably 3.0 to 20 N/25 mm, and even more preferably 5.0 to 15 N/25 mm. If the peel strength before active energy ray irradiation is 2.0 N/25 mm or higher, the adhesive strength to the adherend before active energy ray irradiation is good. If the peel strength before active energy ray irradiation is 25 N/25 mm or less, it is possible to sufficiently reduce the peel strength during peeling, thereby reducing adhesive residue on the adherend.

 保護シートは、活性エネルギー線の照射によって剥離強度が低下し、剥離工程において被着体から糊残りなく容易に剥離することが可能となる。活性エネルギー線照射後の保護シートの剥離強度は、保護シートの厚み及び被着体の種類、並びに加工工程の種類及び順序にもよるが、例えば、0.001~1.0N/25mmであることが好ましく、0.005~0.75N/25mmであることがより好ましく、0.01~0.5N/25mmであることがさらに好ましい。 The peel strength of the protective sheet decreases when irradiated with active energy rays, allowing it to be easily peeled from the adherend without leaving any adhesive residue during the peeling process. The peel strength of the protective sheet after irradiating with active energy rays varies depending on the thickness of the protective sheet, the type of adherend, and the type and order of processing steps, but is preferably 0.001 to 1.0 N/25 mm, more preferably 0.005 to 0.75 N/25 mm, and even more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 N/25 mm.

 なお本開示において剥離強度とは、JIS Z 0237:2009に準じて、温度23℃、湿度50%の環境下にて剥離速度300mm/分で180°方向の引張試験を行い、保護シートの被着体に対する剥離強度(N/25mm)を測定した値である。 In this disclosure, peel strength refers to the peel strength (N/25 mm) of the protective sheet against the substrate measured in a 180° tensile test conducted in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2009 at a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50% at a peel rate of 300 mm/min.

[基材]
 基材としては、公知のシート状の材料を適宜選択して使用することができる。基材としては、透明な樹脂材料を用いて製造された樹脂シートを用いることが好ましい。
[Base material]
The substrate can be appropriately selected from known sheet-shaped materials, and is preferably a resin sheet made of a transparent resin material.

 樹脂シートの原料樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル;ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリアミド(PA);ポリイミド(PI);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);及びポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)が挙げられる。これらの原料樹脂の中でも、適度な可撓性及び耐熱性を有するシートが得られるため、原料樹脂として、PET、PEN、PEEK、PA、及びPIからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。原料樹脂は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 The raw resins for the resin sheet include, for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN); polyether ether ketone (PEEK); polyamide (PA); polyimide (PI); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). Among these raw resins, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of PET, PEN, PEEK, PA, and PI as the raw resin, as this will result in a sheet with appropriate flexibility and heat resistance. The raw resins may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.

 基材として樹脂シートを用いる場合、樹脂シートは、単層であってもよいし、二層以上の多層構造、例えば三層構造であってもよい。多層構造を有する樹脂シートにおいて、各層を構成する樹脂材料は、1種であってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 When a resin sheet is used as the substrate, the resin sheet may be a single layer, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers, for example a three-layer structure. In a resin sheet with a multi-layer structure, the resin material constituting each layer may be one type, or two or more types.

 基材の厚みは、半導体加工の種類、基材の材料等に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、5μm以上、10μm以上、又は20μm以上であってよく、300μm以下、100μm以下、又は60μm以下であってよい。保護シートが、リフロー工程又はスパッタリング工程を行う際にバンプ付き半導体チップ又はバンプ付きフレキシブル配線回路基板(FPC)を保護するものであって、その基材が樹脂シートである場合、基材の厚みは、好ましくは5~300μm、より好ましくは10~300μmである。基材の厚みが5μm以上であると、保護シートの剛性が高い。そのため、保護シートを、半導体チップなどの被着体に貼り付けたり、被着体から剥離したりする際に、保護シートにしわ及び浮きが生じにくくなる傾向がある。加えて、被着体に貼り付けた保護シートを被着体から剥離しやすいなど、作業性が良好である。基材の厚みが5μm以上であると、保護シートにしわが生じにくくなるため、スパッタリング工程等でコーティングされた金属膜の脱離を低減できる。基材の厚みが300μm以下であると、保護シートの剛性が適切であり、作業性が良好である。 The thickness of the substrate can be selected appropriately depending on the type of semiconductor processing, the substrate material, etc., but may be, for example, 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 20 μm or more, and 300 μm or less, 100 μm or less, or 60 μm or less. When the protective sheet protects a bumped semiconductor chip or bumped flexible printed circuit board (FPC) during a reflow process or sputtering process and the substrate is a resin sheet, the thickness of the substrate is preferably 5 to 300 μm, more preferably 10 to 300 μm. A substrate thickness of 5 μm or more provides high rigidity for the protective sheet. Therefore, the protective sheet tends to be less likely to wrinkle or lift when attached to an adherend such as a semiconductor chip or peeled from the adherend. In addition, the protective sheet is easy to peel from the adherend, providing good workability. A substrate thickness of 5 μm or more reduces wrinkles in the protective sheet, thereby reducing the detachment of the coated metal film during a sputtering process or other process. When the thickness of the substrate is 300 μm or less, the rigidity of the protective sheet is appropriate and workability is good.

 基材として樹脂シートを用いる場合、上記の原料樹脂を用いて、従来公知の一般的なシート成形方法を適宜採用して、基材を製造することができる。シート成形方法としては、例えば、押出成形、Tダイ成形、インフレーション成形、単軸又は二軸延伸成形等が挙げられる。 When a resin sheet is used as the substrate, the substrate can be manufactured using the above-mentioned raw resin material and a conventional, well-known sheet molding method. Examples of sheet molding methods include extrusion molding, T-die molding, inflation molding, and uniaxial or biaxial stretching molding.

 基材の中間層と接する側の表面には、基材と中間層との接着性を向上させるための表面処理が施されていてもよい。表面処理としては、例えば、コロナ放電処理、酸処理、紫外線照射処理、プラズマ処理、及びプライマー塗付が挙げられる。 The surface of the substrate that comes into contact with the intermediate layer may be subjected to a surface treatment to improve adhesion between the substrate and the intermediate layer. Examples of surface treatments include corona discharge treatment, acid treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, and primer coating.

[中間層]
 中間層は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と、架橋剤(B1)とを含有する樹脂組成物の熱硬化物である。当該熱硬化物は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)が有する官能基であって、架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基と、架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基との反応生成物、すなわち架橋体である。保護シートは、中間層を有することにより、被着体表面の段差、例えばバンプ高さが大きくなった場合においても、良好な段差追従性を有する。
[Middle class]
The intermediate layer is a thermoset product of a resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and a crosslinking agent (B1). The thermoset product is a reaction product, i.e., a crosslinked product, between a functional group possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) that is reactive with a functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1) and a functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1). By including the intermediate layer, the protective sheet has good step-conforming properties even when steps on the surface of an adherend, such as large bump heights, are present.

 中間層の厚みは、30μm以上が好ましく、50μm以上がより好ましく、80μm以上がさらに好ましい。中間層の厚みは、600μm以下が好ましく、300μm以下がより好ましく、200μm以下がさらに好ましい。中間層の厚みが30μm以上であると、被着体表面の段差に対する保護シートの追従性が良好である。中間層の厚みが600μm以下であると、加工工程における被着体の加工精度が良好である。 The thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 30 μm or more, more preferably 50 μm or more, and even more preferably 80 μm or more. The thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 600 μm or less, more preferably 300 μm or less, and even more preferably 200 μm or less. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is 30 μm or more, the protective sheet can conform well to unevenness on the surface of the adherend. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is 600 μm or less, the processing precision of the adherend during the processing step is good.

(エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1))
 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを必須の原料単量体とし、エチレン性不飽和基当量が5000g/mоl超であるか、エチレン性不飽和基を有さず、かつ、架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基に対して反応性を有する官能基を複数個有する樹脂であれば、特に限定されない。一実施形態では、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、エチレン性不飽和基を含まない。架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基に対して反応性を有する官能基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イソシアナト基、グリシジル基、アミノ基、及びアミド基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)を用いて中間層を形成することにより、保護シートは、高い耐熱性を有すると共に、被着体への貼付け工程から、加工工程、剥離工程に至るまで、高温条件にさらされた場合においても、被着体の凹凸に対する高い追従性を有する。加えて、被着体表面の段差が大きくなった場合においても、良好な段差追従性を有する。
(Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Free (Meth)acrylic Resin (A1))
The ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited as long as it contains a (meth)acrylic acid ester as an essential raw material monomer, has an ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of more than 5000 g/mol, does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group, and has multiple functional groups reactive with the functional groups contained in the crosslinking agent (B1). In one embodiment, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples of functional groups reactive with the functional groups contained in the crosslinking agent (B1) include a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an isocyanato group, a glycidyl group, an amino group, and an amide group. The ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By forming the intermediate layer using the (meth)acrylic resin (A1) that does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group, the protective sheet has high heat resistance and exhibits high conformability to the irregularities of the adherend even when exposed to high temperature conditions from the step of attaching the sheet to the adherend to the processing step and the peeling step. In addition, it exhibits good conformability to the irregularities even when the irregularities on the adherend surface become large.

 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の具体例としては、後述するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)及びその他単量体(a1-5)が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)と、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)を必須の原料単量体とする共重合体であることが好ましく、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)及びカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を必須の原料単量体とする共重合体であることがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)として、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対する2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートの合計の含有量は、好ましくは50mol%以上であり、より好ましくは60mol%以上である。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対する2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートの合計の含有量の上限は、特に制限されないが、例えば、99mol%、95mol%、又は80mol%であってよい。 Specific examples of raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) include the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5) described below. The ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer having alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) as essential raw material monomers, and more preferably a copolymer having alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), and carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) as essential raw material monomers. As the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), which is a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), it is preferable to use at least one selected from 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate. The total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more. The upper limit of the total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 99 mol%, 95 mol%, or 80 mol%.

 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-80℃以上であることが好ましく、-70℃以上であることがより好ましく、-60℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、0℃以下であることが好ましく、-10℃以下であることがより好ましく、-20℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。ガラス転移温度が-80℃以上であると、凝集力の高い中間層が得られるため、シート成形時に樹脂の溶出を防ぐことができる。ガラス転移温度が0℃以下であると、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の間の密着性がより一層良好となる。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably -80°C or higher, more preferably -70°C or higher, and even more preferably -60°C or higher. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower, and even more preferably -20°C or lower. When the glass transition temperature is -80°C or higher, an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength is obtained, thereby preventing resin elution during sheet molding. When the glass transition temperature is 0°C or lower, the adhesion between the intermediate layer and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is even better.

 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の重量平均分子量は、100,000~2,000,000であることが好ましく、150,000~1,500,000であることがより好ましく、200,000~1,000,000であることがさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が100,000以上であると、凝集力の高い中間層が得られ、シート成形時に樹脂の溶出を防ぐことができる。重量平均分子量が2,000,000以下であると、成形、及び加工が容易である。 The weight-average molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 150,000 to 1,500,000, and even more preferably 200,000 to 1,000,000. A weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or more results in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength, preventing resin elution during sheet formation. A weight-average molecular weight of 2,000,000 or less facilitates molding and processing.

 後述するとおり、架橋剤(B1)として、例えば、イソシアネート架橋剤、及びエポキシ架橋剤等の架橋剤を用いることができる。イソシアネート架橋剤はイソシアナト基を複数個有する化合物であり、エポキシ架橋剤はエポキシ基を複数個有する化合物である。 As described below, examples of crosslinking agents that can be used as the crosslinking agent (B1) include isocyanate crosslinking agents and epoxy crosslinking agents. Isocyanate crosslinking agents are compounds that have multiple isocyanato groups, and epoxy crosslinking agents are compounds that have multiple epoxy groups.

 架橋剤(B1)がイソシアネート架橋剤である実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、及びヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)を原料単量体とする共重合体であることが好ましい。前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、必要に応じて、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)及びその他単量体(a1-5)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種をさらに用いてもよい。前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、好ましくは、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)及びヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)と、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)及び(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを用い、より好ましくは、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)、及び(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)を用いる。 In an embodiment in which the crosslinking agent (B1) is an isocyanate crosslinking agent, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer whose raw material monomers are at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2). If necessary, at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5) may also be used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1). As raw material monomers for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), and a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used, and more preferably, an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1), a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3), and a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の水酸基価は、0.5~100mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、1~50mgKOH/gであることがより好ましく、5~30mgKOH/gであることがさらに好ましい。水酸基価が0.5mgKOH/g以上であると、イソシアネート架橋剤と十分に反応でき、凝集力の高い中間層が得られる。水酸基価が100mgKOH/g以下であると、得られる樹脂が、汎用的に使用される酢酸エチルやトルエンなどの有機溶媒に溶解するため、取り扱い性に優れる。 In this embodiment, the hydroxyl value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.5 to 100 mgKOH/g, more preferably 1 to 50 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. A hydroxyl value of 0.5 mgKOH/g or higher allows for sufficient reaction with the isocyanate crosslinking agent, resulting in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength. A hydroxyl value of 100 mgKOH/g or lower results in the resulting resin being soluble in commonly used organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and toluene, providing excellent handleability.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量は、50~99.5モル%が好ましく、60~95モル%がより好ましく、70~90モル%がさらに好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量が50モル%以上であると、中間層の基材及び光硬化型粘着剤層に対する密着性が良好である。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量が99.5モル%以下であると、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量を十分に確保することができるため、架橋剤(B1)との架橋量が十分に確保され、中間層の凝集力が向上する。 In this embodiment, the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 50 to 99.5 mol%, more preferably 60 to 95 mol%, and even more preferably 70 to 90 mol%. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 50 mol% or more, the intermediate layer has good adhesion to the substrate and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 99.5 mol% or less, a sufficient content of hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) and improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対するヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量は、0.5~30モル%が好ましく、1~20モル%がより好ましく、1.5~10モル%がさらに好ましい。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量が0.5モル%以上であると、架橋剤(B1)との架橋量が十分に確保され、中間層の凝集力が向上する。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量が30モル%以下であると、得られる樹脂が、汎用的に使用される酢酸エチルやトルエンなどの有機溶媒に溶解するため、取り扱い性に優れる。 In this embodiment, the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 1.5 to 10 mol %. When the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 0.5 mol % or more, a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) is ensured, improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer. When the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 30 mol % or less, the resulting resin is soluble in commonly used organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and toluene, resulting in excellent handleability.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.01~10モル%が好ましく、0.05~5モル%がより好ましく、0.1~3モル%がさらに好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量が0.01モル%以上であると、中間層の凝集力が良好である。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量が10モル%以下であると、得られる樹脂の凝集力が高くなり過ぎず、取り扱い性に優れる。 In this embodiment, when a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol %, more preferably 0.05 to 5 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 3 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers. When the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 0.01 mol % or more, the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer is good. When the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 10 mol % or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting resin is not too high, resulting in excellent handleability.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.5~30モル%が好ましく、1~25モル%がより好ましく、5~20モル%がさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, when the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、その他単量体(a1-5)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.5~30モル%が好ましく、1~25モル%がより好ましく、5~20モル%がさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, when the other monomer (a1-5) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), the content thereof is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of the raw material monomers.

 アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等の官能基を有さず、アルキル基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。具体例としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びラウリル(メタ)アクリレート等の直鎖、又は分岐のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;並びにシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、及びジシクロペンタニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状アルキル基含有(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。これらの中でも、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及びイソオクチル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。段差追従性の観点からは、アルキル基の炭素原子数が4~20の、直鎖、又は分岐のアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることが好ましく、アルキル基の炭素原子数が4~12の、直鎖、又は分岐のアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることがより好ましく、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びラウリル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが更に好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that does not have a functional group such as a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and has an alkyl group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples include linear or branched alkyl (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and lauryl (meth)acrylate; and cyclic alkyl group-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, and dicyclopentanyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Among these, at least one selected from methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and isooctyl (meth)acrylate is preferred, and at least one selected from n-butyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate is more preferred. From the viewpoint of step-conforming ability, it is preferred to use a linear or branched alkyl (meth)acrylate in which the alkyl group has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferred to use a linear or branched alkyl (meth)acrylate in which the alkyl group has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferred to use at least one selected from n-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and lauryl (meth)acrylate. The alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)としては、ヒドロキシ基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。具体例としては、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、及び3-メチルペンタンジオール(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。段差追従性の観点からは、直鎖アルキル基の末端にヒドロキシ基を有するヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、及び4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a hydroxy group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 1,3-butanediol (meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol (meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, and 3-methylpentanediol (meth)acrylate. From the standpoint of conformability to uneven surfaces, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates having a hydroxy group at the end of a linear alkyl group are preferred, and at least one selected from 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate are more preferred. The hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)としては、ヒドロキシ基を有さず、カルボキシ基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を用いることにより、中間層形成時にカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)由来のカルボキシ基が、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)由来のヒドロキシ基と架橋するなどして凝集力が向上する。光硬化型粘着剤層にカルボキシ基が含まれる場合には、光硬化型粘着剤層と中間層の層間密着性が向上する。さらに光硬化型粘着剤層の架橋剤(B2)がエポキシ架橋剤であると、光硬化型粘着剤層と中間層の界面でカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)由来のカルボキシ基の光硬化型粘着剤層のエポキシ架橋剤による架橋が進行し、より強固な層間密着性が得られるため、好ましい。 The carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is not particularly limited, as long as it does not contain a hydroxy group and contains a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group. By using the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), the carboxy group derived from the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) crosslinks with the hydroxy group derived from the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) during the formation of the intermediate layer, thereby improving cohesive strength. When the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a carboxy group, the interlayer adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is improved. Furthermore, if the crosslinking agent (B2) in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is an epoxy crosslinking agent, crosslinking of the carboxy groups derived from the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) by the epoxy crosslinking agent in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer proceeds at the interface between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer, resulting in stronger interlayer adhesion, which is preferable.

 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、カルボキシメチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びβ-カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。重合容易性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) include (meth)acrylic acid, carboxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and β-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate. From the viewpoint of ease of polymerization, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred. The carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 (メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-メチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-プロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピルアクリルアミド、N-ヘキシル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のN-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のN,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン;及びジアセトンアクリルアミドが挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) include (meth)acrylamide; N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-propyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, and N-hexyl(meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide and N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide; (meth)acryloylmorpholine; and diacetone acrylamide.

 中でも、被着体への密着性向上の観点から、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミドがより好ましく、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミドがさらに好ましい。 Among these, N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides are more preferred, and N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide is even more preferred, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to the adherend.

 その他単量体(a1-5)としては、(a1-1)~(a1-4)以外の化合物で、これらと共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。例えば、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アルコキシ(ポリ)アルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、芳香族基含有(メタ)アクリレート、フッ素化アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、及びジアルキルアミノアルキル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。その他単量体(a1-5)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The other monomer (a1-5) is not particularly limited, as long as it is a compound other than (a1-1) to (a1-4) and has an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable therewith. Examples include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylate, aromatic group-containing (meth)acrylate, fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylate, and dialkylaminoalkyl (meth)acrylate. The other monomer (a1-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates include ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

 アルコキシ(ポリ)アルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、メトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、2-メトキシエトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びメトキシジプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。(ポリ)アルキレンとは、「アルキレン」又は「ポリアルキレン」を意味する。 Examples of alkoxy(poly)alkylene glycol (meth)acrylates include methoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and methoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate. (Poly)alkylene means "alkylene" or "polyalkylene."

 芳香族基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、3-フェノキシフェニルアクリレート、4-フェノキシフェニルアクリレート、2-ビフェニルアクリレート、4-ビフェニルアクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、及びフェノキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic group-containing (meth)acrylates include benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxyphenyl acrylate, 4-phenoxyphenyl acrylate, 2-biphenyl acrylate, 4-biphenyl acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate.

 フッ素化アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、オクタフルオロペンチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 An example of a fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylate is octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate.

 ジアルキルアミノアルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及びN,N-ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of dialkylaminoalkyl (meth)acrylates include N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.

 その他単量体(a1-5)のその他の具体例として、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、ステアリン酸ビニル、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、アルキルビニルエーテル、ビニルトルエン、N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピロリドン、イタコン酸ジアルキルエステル、フマル酸ジアルキルエステル、アリルアルコール、ヒドロキシブチルビニルエーテル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロヘキシルメチルビニルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノビニルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノビニルエーテル、メチルビニルケトン、アリルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、及びジメチルアリルビニルケトンが挙げられる。 Other specific examples of the other monomer (a1-5) include acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl stearate, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, alkyl vinyl ethers, vinyl toluene, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrrolidone, itaconic acid dialkyl esters, fumaric acid dialkyl esters, allyl alcohol, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexylmethyl vinyl ether, triethylene glycol monovinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether, methyl vinyl ketone, allyltrimethylammonium chloride, and dimethylallyl vinyl ketone.

 架橋剤(B1)がエポキシ架橋剤である実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、及びカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を原料単量体とする共重合体であることが好ましい。前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、必要に応じて、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)、及びその他単量体(a1-5)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種をさらに用いてもよい。 In an embodiment in which the crosslinking agent (B1) is an epoxy crosslinking agent, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably a copolymer whose raw material monomers are at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3). If necessary, at least one raw material monomer selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5) may also be used for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).

 この実施態様において、(a1-1)~(a1-5)としては、上記のものと同様のものを用いることができる。 In this embodiment, (a1-1) to (a1-5) can be the same as those described above.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量は、50~99.5モル%が好ましく、60~99モル%がより好ましく、70~98モル%がさらに好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量が50モル%以上であると、中間層の基材及び光硬化型粘着剤層に対する密着性が良好である。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)の含有量が99.5モル%以下であると、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量を十分に確保することができるため、架橋剤(B1)との架橋量が十分に確保され、中間層の凝集力が向上する。 In this embodiment, the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 50 to 99.5 mol%, more preferably 60 to 99 mol%, and even more preferably 70 to 98 mol%. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 50 mol% or more, the intermediate layer has good adhesion to the substrate and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) is 99.5 mol% or less, a sufficient content of carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) and improving the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計に対するカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量は、0.01~30モル%が好ましく、0.1~20モル%がより好ましく、1~10モル%がさらに好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量が0.01モル%以上であると、凝集力の高い中間層が得られる。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)の含有量が30モル%以下であると、得られる中間層の凝集力が高くなり過ぎず、取り扱い性が良好である。 In this embodiment, the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) relative to the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 1 to 10 mol %. When the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 0.01 mol % or more, an intermediate layer with high cohesion strength is obtained. When the content of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is 30 mol % or less, the cohesion strength of the obtained intermediate layer is not too high, and handleability is good.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の酸価は、1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、3mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、5mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の酸価は、30mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、20mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、10mgKOH/g以下であることがさらに好ましい。酸価が1mgKOH/g以上であると、架橋剤(B1)と十分に反応でき、凝集力の高い中間層が得られる。酸価が30mgKOH/g以下であると、得られる中間層の凝集力が高くなり過ぎず、取り扱い性が良好である。 In this embodiment, the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 3 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more. The acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or less. When the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more, sufficient reaction with the crosslinking agent (B1) can be achieved, resulting in an intermediate layer with high cohesive strength. When the acid value is 30 mgKOH/g or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting intermediate layer is not too high, and handling is favorable.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.01~30モル%が好ましく、0.1~20モル%がより好ましく、0.1~10モル%がさらに好ましい。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量が0.01モル%以上であると、架橋剤(B1)との架橋量を十分に確保することができる。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)の含有量が30モル%以下であると、得られる樹脂が、汎用的に使用される酢酸エチルやトルエンなどの有機溶媒に溶解するため、取り扱い性に優れる。 In this embodiment, when a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers. When the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 0.01 mol % or more, a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B1) can be ensured. When the content of the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) is 30 mol % or less, the resulting resin is soluble in commonly used organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and toluene, resulting in excellent handleability.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.5~30モル%が好ましく、1~25モル%がより好ましく、5~20モル%がさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, when the (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), its content is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 25 mol %, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.

 この実施態様において、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、その他単量体(a1-5)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.1~45モル%が好ましく、0.1~35モル%がより好ましく、0.1~25モル%がさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, when the other monomer (a1-5) is used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 45 mol%, more preferably 0.1 to 35 mol%, and even more preferably 0.1 to 25 mol%, based on the total amount of the raw material monomers.

(架橋剤(B1))
 架橋剤(B1)としては、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)が有する複数個の官能基のいずれかと反応可能な官能基を複数個有する化合物であれば、特に限定されず、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)が有する官能基に合わせて選択することができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)がヒドロキシ基を有する場合、架橋剤(B1)としてイソシアネート架橋剤及びエポキシ架橋剤からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましく、イソシアネート架橋剤を用いることがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)がカルボキシ基を有する場合、架橋剤(B1)としてイソシアネート架橋剤、エポキシ架橋剤及びアジリジン架橋剤からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましく、エポキシ架橋剤を用いることがより好ましい。中間層が架橋剤(B1)を含有することで、中間層の凝集力が向上し、被着体から保護シートを剥離する際の中間層の凝集破壊を防止することができる。架橋剤(B1)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
(Crosslinking agent (B1))
The crosslinking agent (B1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having multiple functional groups capable of reacting with any of the multiple functional groups possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), and can be selected according to the functional groups possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1). For example, when the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) has a hydroxy group, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate crosslinking agent and an epoxy crosslinking agent as the crosslinking agent (B1), and it is more preferable to use an isocyanate crosslinking agent. When the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) has a carboxy group, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate crosslinking agent, an epoxy crosslinking agent, and an aziridine crosslinking agent as the crosslinking agent (B1), and it is more preferable to use an epoxy crosslinking agent. When the intermediate layer contains the crosslinking agent (B1), the cohesive strength of the intermediate layer is improved, thereby preventing cohesive failure of the intermediate layer when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend. The crosslinking agent (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)及び架橋剤(B1)の好ましい組み合わせとしては、ヒドロキシ基を有する、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)とイソシアネート架橋剤の組み合わせ、カルボキシ基を有する、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)とエポキシ架橋剤の組み合わせ、及びカルボキシ基を有する、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)とアジリジン架橋剤の組み合わせが挙げられ、より好ましくはヒドロキシ基を有する、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)とイソシアネート架橋剤の組み合わせである。 Preferred combinations of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B1) include a combination of a hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an isocyanate crosslinking agent, a combination of a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an epoxy crosslinking agent, and a combination of a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an aziridine crosslinking agent, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and an isocyanate crosslinking agent.

 イソシアネート架橋剤は、イソシアナト基を2つ以上有する化合物である。ここでは、「イソシアナト基」は、脱ブロックによりイソシアナト基を発生するものも含む。イソシアネート架橋剤の具体例としては、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート、水素化トリレンジイソシアネート、1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート、1,4-キシリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体、テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート、1,5-ナフタレンジイソシアネート、トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート付加物、トリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物、トリフェニルメタントリイソシアネート、メチレンビス(4-フェニルメタン)トリイソシアネート等が挙げられる。中でも、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体、及びトリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート付加物が好ましい。イソシアネート架橋剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 An isocyanate crosslinker is a compound that has two or more isocyanato groups. Here, "isocyanato group" includes compounds that generate isocyanato groups upon deblocking. Specific examples of the isocyanate crosslinking agent include 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated tolylene diisocyanate, 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate, 1,4-xylylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, an isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, a tolylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane, a xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane, triphenylmethane triisocyanate, methylenebis(4-phenylmethane)triisocyanate, etc. Among these, an isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate and a tolylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane are preferred. Isocyanate crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 エポキシ架橋剤は、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物である。例えば、1,3-ビス(N,N’-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、N,N’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ビス[ビス(オキシラン-2-イルメチル)アミン]、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ソルビトールポリグリシジルエーテル、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールポリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル、両末端エポキシ変性ポリジメチルシロキサン等が挙げられる。エポキシ架橋剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Epoxy crosslinkers are compounds containing two or more epoxy groups. Examples include 1,3-bis(N,N'-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, bisphenol A epoxy resin, N,N'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]bis[bis(oxiran-2-ylmethyl)amine], ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, and epoxy-terminated polydimethylsiloxane. Epoxy crosslinkers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アジリジン架橋剤は、アジリジニル基を2つ以上有する化合物である。例えば、エチレングリコール-ビス-[3-(2-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、トリメチロールプロパン-トリス[3-(2-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、トリメチロールプロパン-トリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、トリメチロールプロパン-トリス[3-(2-メチル-1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、テトラメチロールメタン-トリス[3-(2-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、ペンタエリスリトール-トリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、N,N'-ジフェニルメタン-4,4'-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、N,N'-ヘキサメチレン-1,6-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、トリス-2,4,6-(1-アジリジニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、トリス(1-アジリジニル)ホスフィンオキサイド、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ブタノール-トリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]等が挙げられる。アジリジン架橋剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Aziridine crosslinkers are compounds that contain two or more aziridinyl groups. Examples include ethylene glycol-bis-[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane-tris[3-(2-methyl-1-aziridinyl)propionate], tetramethylolmethane-tris[3-(2-aziridinyl)propionate], pentaerythritol-tris[ 3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), N,N'-hexamethylene-1,6-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), tris-2,4,6-(1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine, tris(1-aziridinyl)phosphine oxide, 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butanol-tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], etc. Aziridine crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 架橋剤(B1)の含有量は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)100質量部に対して、0.05~30質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~10質量部であることが更に好ましい。架橋剤(B1)の含有量が0.05質量部以上であると、中間層に三次元架橋構造が十分に形成され、その結果、耐熱性の高い中間層が得られる。架橋剤(B1)の含有量が30質量部以下であると、シート成形時に適度なゲル化時間を確保できる。 The content of crosslinking agent (B1) is preferably 0.05 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1). When the content of crosslinking agent (B1) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, a sufficient three-dimensional crosslinked structure is formed in the intermediate layer, resulting in an intermediate layer with high heat resistance. When the content of crosslinking agent (B1) is 30 parts by mass or less, an appropriate gelation time can be ensured during sheet molding.

(他の成分)
 樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)、及び架橋剤(B1)以外の他の成分を含有していてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、粘着付与剤、溶媒、及び各種添加剤が挙げられる。
(Other ingredients)
The resin composition may contain other components in addition to the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B1), as necessary, such as a tackifier, a solvent, and various additives.

≪粘着付与剤≫
 粘着付与剤としては、従来公知のものを特に限定なく使用できる。粘着付与剤としては、例えば、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、脂肪族系石油樹脂、芳香族系石油樹脂、共重合系石油樹脂、脂環族系石油樹脂、キシレン樹脂、エポキシ系粘着付与樹脂、ポリアミド系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂、及びエラストマー系粘着付与樹脂が挙げられる。粘着付与剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
<Tackifier>
Any conventionally known tackifier can be used without any particular limitation. Examples of tackifiers include terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, rosin-based tackifier resins, aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer-based petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, xylene resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, and elastomer-based tackifier resins. The tackifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 樹脂組成物が粘着付与剤を含む場合、その含有量は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)100質量部に対して、30質量部以下であることが好ましく、5~20質量部であることがより好ましい。 If the resin composition contains a tackifier, the content thereof is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).

≪溶媒≫
 溶媒は、樹脂組成物の粘度の調整を目的として樹脂組成物を希釈するために用いることができる。例えば、樹脂組成物を塗工する場合には、溶媒を用いて樹脂組成物の粘度を適切な粘度にすることができる。溶媒は、中間層形成時には除去される。
<Solvent>
The solvent can be used to dilute the resin composition to adjust its viscosity. For example, when applying the resin composition, the solvent can be used to adjust the viscosity of the resin composition to an appropriate level. The solvent is removed when the intermediate layer is formed.

 溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセトン、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、へキサン、トルエン、キシレン、n-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール等の有機溶媒を用いることができる。溶媒は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 The solvent may be, for example, an organic solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, cyclohexanone, hexane, toluene, xylene, n-propanol, or isopropyl alcohol. The solvent may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.

≪添加剤≫
 添加剤としては、例えば、可塑剤、表面潤滑剤、レベリング剤、軟化剤、酸化防止剤、老化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、重合禁止剤、ベンゾトリアゾール系等の光安定剤、リン酸エステル系及びその他の難燃剤、界面活性剤、並びに帯電防止剤が挙げられる。
Additives
Examples of additives include plasticizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, softeners, antioxidants, antiaging agents, ultraviolet absorbers, polymerization inhibitors, light stabilizers such as benzotriazole-based ones, phosphate ester-based and other flame retardants, surfactants, and antistatic agents.

[エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の製造方法]
 エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)を製造する方法は、特に限定されない。例えば、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体を、公知の重合方法により共重合することによりエチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)を得ることができる。具体的には、重合方法として、溶液重合法、乳化重合法、塊状重合法、懸濁重合法、交互共重合法などを用いることができる。これらの重合方法の中でも、反応の容易さの点で溶液重合法を用いることが好ましい。
[Method for producing ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1)]
The method for producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is not particularly limited. For example, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) can be obtained by copolymerizing raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) by a known polymerization method. Specifically, the polymerization method may be a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, an alternating copolymerization method, or the like. Among these polymerization methods, the solution polymerization method is preferred in terms of ease of reaction.

 溶液重合法によりエチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)を製造する際には、必要に応じて、ラジカル重合開始剤を用いる。 When producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) by solution polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator is used as needed.

 ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に限定されず、公知のものの中から適宜選択して使用することができる。ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(4-メトキシ-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルブチロニトリル)、1,1’-アゾビス(シクロヘキサン-1-カルボニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4,4-トリメチルペンタン)、ジメチル-2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)等のアゾ系重合開始剤;及びベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、ジクミルパーオキサイド、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)シクロドデカン等の過酸化物系重合開始剤などの油溶性重合開始剤が挙げられる。 The radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known initiators. Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include azo-based polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), and dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate); and oil-soluble polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, and 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclododecane.

 ラジカル重合開始剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The radical polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 ラジカル重合開始剤の使用量は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体の合計100質量部に対して、0.01~5質量部であることが好ましく、0.02~4質量部であることがより好ましく、0.03~3質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The amount of radical polymerization initiator used is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 4 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.03 to 3 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total raw material monomers of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).

 溶液重合法によりエチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)を製造する際に用いる溶媒としては、一般的な溶媒を用いることができる。溶媒としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル等のエステル;トルエン、キシレン、ベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素;ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素;シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素;メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン;エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール等のグリコール;メチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のグリコールエーテル;及びエチレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等のグリコールエステルが挙げられる。 When producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) by solution polymerization, a common solvent can be used. Examples of solvents include esters such as ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, and butyl acetate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and benzene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol; glycol ethers such as methyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether; and glycol esters such as ethylene glycol diacetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.

 溶媒は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

[樹脂組成物の製造方法]
 樹脂組成物は、従来公知の方法により製造することができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と、架橋剤(B1)と、必要に応じて含有される、粘着付与剤、溶媒、各種添加剤等の他の成分とを、従来公知の方法を用いて混合し、撹拌することにより製造することができる。
[Method of producing resin composition]
The resin composition can be produced by a conventionally known method, for example, by mixing and stirring the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1), the crosslinking agent (B1), and other components, such as a tackifier, a solvent, and various additives, which may be contained as needed, by a conventionally known method.

 樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分を混合し、撹拌する方法は、特に限定されるものではない。混合及び撹拌は、例えば、ホモディスパー、パドル翼等の撹拌翼を取り付けた撹拌装置を用いて行うことができる。 There are no particular limitations on the method for mixing and stirring the components contained in the resin composition. Mixing and stirring can be carried out using, for example, a stirring device equipped with stirring blades such as a homodisper or paddle blade.

[中間層の製造方法]
 中間層は、例えば、以下に示す方法により製造することができる。まず、基材上に樹脂組成物を塗布し、溶媒を含む場合は加熱乾燥して溶媒を除去し、硬化前中間層を形成する。その後、光硬化型粘着剤層又は熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を積層する直前まで、硬化前中間層上に、必要に応じて剥離シートを貼り合せる。硬化前中間層は、得られたシートをオーブン等で一定時間、加熱養生することで、硬化反応を行い、架橋構造を形成させてもよい。硬化反応は、硬化前中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層又は熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を貼合した後に行ってもよい。
[Method of manufacturing intermediate layer]
The intermediate layer can be produced, for example, by the method described below. First, a resin composition is applied to a substrate, and if a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, thereby forming a pre-cured intermediate layer. Thereafter, a release sheet is attached to the pre-cured intermediate layer as needed, until immediately before laminating the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the pre-thermocurable photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The pre-cured intermediate layer may undergo a curing reaction and form a crosslinked structure by heat-curing the obtained sheet in an oven or the like for a certain period of time. The curing reaction may be carried out after laminating the pre-cured intermediate layer and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the pre-thermocurable photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 中間層は、以下に示す方法により製造することもできる。剥離シート上に樹脂組成物を塗布し、溶媒を含む場合は加熱乾燥して溶媒を除去し、硬化前中間層を形成する。その後、硬化前中間層を有する剥離シートを基材上に、硬化前中間層側の面を基材に向けて設置し、基材上に中間層を転写する。得られたシートを前述のようにして架橋構造を形成させてもよい。 The intermediate layer can also be manufactured by the following method. A resin composition is applied to a release sheet, and if a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-cured intermediate layer. The release sheet with the pre-cured intermediate layer is then placed on a substrate, with the surface of the pre-cured intermediate layer facing the substrate, and the intermediate layer is transferred onto the substrate. The resulting sheet may be subjected to the process described above to form a crosslinked structure.

 樹脂組成物を基材又は剥離シート上に塗布する方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。具体例としては、慣用のコーター、例えば、グラビヤロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター、コンマコーター、ダイレクトコーター等を用いて塗布する方法が挙げられる。 Known methods can be used to apply the resin composition to the substrate or release sheet. Specific examples include coating methods using conventional coaters such as gravure roll coaters, reverse roll coaters, kiss roll coaters, dip roll coaters, bar coaters, knife coaters, spray coaters, comma coaters, and direct coaters.

 塗布した樹脂組成物を加熱乾燥する際の条件は、特に制限されないが、通常25~180℃、好ましくは60~150℃にて、通常1~20分、好ましくは1~10分加熱乾燥を行う。上記条件で加熱乾燥を行うことにより、樹脂組成物に含まれる溶媒を除去することができる。加熱乾燥後の硬化前中間層を硬化させるための反応条件は、特に制限されないが、通常25~100℃、好ましくは30~80℃にて通常1~14日間、好ましくは1~7日間である。上記条件で硬化反応を行うことにより、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と、架橋剤(B1)とを架橋させて、中間層のゲル化率を所望の範囲に調整することができる。 The conditions for heat-drying the applied resin composition are not particularly limited, but are typically 25 to 180°C, preferably 60 to 150°C, for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes. Heat-drying under these conditions allows the solvent contained in the resin composition to be removed. The reaction conditions for curing the uncured intermediate layer after heat-drying are not particularly limited, but are typically 25 to 100°C, preferably 30 to 80°C, for 1 to 14 days, preferably 1 to 7 days. By carrying out the curing reaction under these conditions, the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B1) are crosslinked, allowing the gelation rate of the intermediate layer to be adjusted within the desired range.

(剥離シート)
 剥離シートとして、公知のシート状の材料を適宜選択して使用することができる。なお、剥離シートはセパレーターと呼ばれることもある。剥離シートとしては、基材として使用される上述した樹脂シートと同様のものを用いることができる。
(Release sheet)
As the release sheet, a known sheet-like material can be appropriately selected and used. The release sheet is sometimes called a separator. As the release sheet, the same material as the resin sheet used as the substrate can be used.

 剥離シートの厚みは、剥離シートの材料等に応じて適宜選択することができる。剥離シートとして樹脂シートを用いる場合、剥離シートの厚みは、好ましくは5~300μm、より好ましくは10~200μm、更に好ましくは25~100μmである。 The thickness of the release sheet can be selected appropriately depending on the material of the release sheet, etc. When a resin sheet is used as the release sheet, the thickness of the release sheet is preferably 5 to 300 μm, more preferably 10 to 200 μm, and even more preferably 25 to 100 μm.

 剥離シートの剥離面、すなわち中間層に接して配置される面には、必要に応じてシリコーン系、長鎖アルキル系、フッ素系等の従来公知の剥離剤を用いた剥離処理が施されていてもよい。 The release surface of the release sheet, i.e., the surface that comes into contact with the intermediate layer, may be subjected to a release treatment using a conventional release agent such as a silicone-based, long-chain alkyl-based, or fluorine-based release agent, as needed.

[光硬化型粘着剤層]
 光硬化型粘着剤層は、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)と、架橋剤(B2)と、光重合開始剤(C)とを含有する粘着剤組成物の熱硬化物であり、1000~100000質量ppmのケイ素原子を含有する。当該熱硬化物は、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)が有する官能基であって、架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基と、架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基との反応生成物、すなわち架橋体であり、光重合開始剤(C)による光硬化物ではない。光硬化型粘着剤層では、紫外線などの活性エネルギー線の照射により、光重合開始剤(C)が分解することによって、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)が有するエチレン性不飽和基がラジカル重合を開始し、さらなる架橋構造が形成、すなわち光硬化する。保護シートが光硬化型粘着剤層を有することにより、被着体に貼り付けられた状態で各種加工工程を経た場合においても、浮きの発生がなく、被着体に対して良好な密着性を有する。また、加工工程が終了した後には、活性エネルギー線の照射により、光硬化型粘着剤層の剥離強度を低下させて、粘着剤層を糊残りなく被着体から剥離することができる。さらに光硬化型粘着剤層にケイ素を含有させることで、粘着剤層と金属との密着性を向上させることができる。その結果、スパッタリング等のコーティング処理により金属膜を形成した後に活性エネルギー線を照射した後においても、コーティングされた金属膜が保護シートから脱離して被着体を汚染したり、半導体製造プロセスにおける汚染源となることを低減することができる。
[Photocurable adhesive layer]
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermosetting adhesive composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), a crosslinking agent (B2), and a photopolymerization initiator (C), and contains 1,000 to 100,000 ppm by mass of silicon atoms. The thermosetting adhesive is a reaction product between a functional group contained in the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that is reactive with a functional group contained in the crosslinking agent (B2) and a functional group contained in the crosslinking agent (B2), i.e., a crosslinked product, and is not a photocured product formed by the photopolymerization initiator (C). In the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays decomposes the photopolymerization initiator (C), causing the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) to initiate radical polymerization, forming a further crosslinked structure, i.e., photocuring. By having a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the protective sheet does not lift off and has good adhesion to the adherend even when it undergoes various processing steps while attached to the adherend. Furthermore, after the processing steps are completed, the peel strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be reduced by irradiation with active energy rays, allowing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be peeled off from the adherend without leaving any adhesive residue. Furthermore, by incorporating silicon into the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the adhesion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and metal can be improved. As a result, even after forming a metal film by a coating process such as sputtering and then irradiating it with active energy rays, the coated metal film can be prevented from detaching from the protective sheet and contaminating the adherend or becoming a source of contamination in the semiconductor manufacturing process.

 光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量は、1000質量ppm以上であり、2000質量ppm以上であることが好ましく、3000質量ppm以上であることがより好ましい。光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量は、100000質量ppm以下であり、80000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、50000質量ppm以下であることがより好ましい。ケイ素原子の含有量が1000質量ppm以上であると、光硬化型粘着剤層とその上にコーティングされた金属膜との密着性が向上し、半導体製造プロセスにおける金属膜由来の汚染源が低減され、電子部品の金属汚染を低減することができる。ケイ素原子の含有量が100000質量ppm以下であると、保護シートの十分な粘着力を得ることができる。光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量は、好ましくは2000~80000質量ppmであり、より好ましくは3000~50000質量ppmである。 The silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is 1,000 ppm by mass or more, preferably 2,000 ppm by mass or more, and more preferably 3,000 ppm by mass or more. The silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is 100,000 ppm by mass or less, preferably 80,000 ppm by mass or less, and more preferably 50,000 ppm by mass or less. A silicon atom content of 1,000 ppm by mass or more improves adhesion between the photocurable adhesive layer and the metal film coated thereon, reducing contamination sources from the metal film in the semiconductor manufacturing process and reducing metal contamination of electronic components. A silicon atom content of 100,000 ppm by mass or less ensures sufficient adhesive strength for the protective sheet. The silicon atom content of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 2,000 to 80,000 ppm by mass, and more preferably 3,000 to 50,000 ppm by mass.

 なお、光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量(質量)は、原料の仕込み量から算出した計算値である。 The silicon atom content (mass) of the photocurable adhesive layer is a calculated value calculated from the amount of raw materials charged.

 光硬化型粘着剤層へのケイ素の導入は、例えば、ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)をエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の原料単量体として用いること、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)を粘着剤組成物に添加すること、またはその両方により行うことができる。 Silicon can be introduced into the photocurable adhesive layer by, for example, using a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), by adding a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) to the adhesive composition, or by both.

 光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みは、1μm以上が好ましく、5μm以上がより好ましく、10μm以上がさらに好ましい。光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みは、100μm以下が好ましく、50μm以下がより好ましく、30μm以下がさらに好ましい。光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みが1μm以上であると、被着体との密着性が良好である。光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みが100μm以下であると、糊残りの発生をより抑えられる。 The thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more, and even more preferably 10 μm or more. The thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, and even more preferably 30 μm or less. When the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is 1 μm or more, good adhesion to the adherend is achieved. When the thickness of the photocurable adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, the occurrence of adhesive residue is further reduced.

 中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの比(中間層/光硬化型粘着剤層)は、1~50であることが好ましく、1~40であることがより好ましく、1~30であることがさらに好ましい。厚みの比が上記範囲であると、凹凸への追従性、及び耐熱性を両立できる。中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの比(中間層/光硬化型粘着剤層)は、3~20であってもよく、5~15であってもよい。 The thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable adhesive layer (intermediate layer/photocurable adhesive layer) is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, and even more preferably 1 to 30. When the thickness ratio is within the above range, both the ability to conform to irregularities and heat resistance can be achieved. The thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable adhesive layer (intermediate layer/photocurable adhesive layer) may be 3 to 20, or 5 to 15.

(エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2))
 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)とカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)とを原料単量体とする(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)へのエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加物であれば、特に限定されない。本発明者らは、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、イソシアナト基を有する化合物を用いて(メタ)アクリル樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を導入した樹脂に比べて、被着体への糊残りを生じにくいことを見出した。これは、イソシアナト基を有する化合物を用いて(メタ)アクリル樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を導入する場合、イソシアナト基を有する化合物と(メタ)アクリル樹脂との反応時に形成されるウレタン結合が加熱工程時に開裂することによって(メタ)アクリル樹脂から分離する化合物が糊残りの一因となっているためと考えられる。一方、カルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル共重合体へのエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加物であるエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)を用いて光硬化型粘着剤層を形成することにより、保護シートは、高い耐熱性を有すると共に、被着体への貼付け工程から、加工工程、剥離工程に至るまで、高温条件にさらされた場合においても、被着体の凹凸に対する高い追従性を維持する。加えて、加工工程後に被着体から保護シートを剥離する際には、活性エネルギー線を照射することによって、良好な剥離性を得ることができる。
(Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resin (A2))
The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is not particularly limited, as long as it is an adduct of an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) with a (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) containing at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) as raw material monomers. The present inventors have discovered that the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is less likely to leave adhesive residue on an adherend than a resin in which an ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the (meth)acrylic resin using a compound having an isocyanato group. This is thought to be because, when an ethylenically unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the (meth)acrylic resin using a compound having an isocyanato group, the urethane bond formed during the reaction between the compound having an isocyanato group and the (meth)acrylic resin is cleaved during the heating process, resulting in the compound separating from the (meth)acrylic resin and leaving adhesive residue. On the other hand, by forming a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer using an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), which is an adduct of an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) to a (meth)acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, the protective sheet has high heat resistance and maintains high conformability to the irregularities of the adherend even when exposed to high temperature conditions from the step of attaching to the adherend, to the processing step, and the peeling step. In addition, when peeling the protective sheet from the adherend after the processing step, good peelability can be obtained by irradiating with active energy rays.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体には、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)と、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)とを用いる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)として、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体の合計に対する2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートの合計の含有量は、好ましくは30mol%以上であり、より好ましくは40mol%以上であり、さらに好ましくは55mol%以上である。(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体の合計に対する2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートの合計の含有量の上限は、特に制限されないが、例えば、99mol%、90mol%、又は80mol%であってよい。 The raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) include at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2). It is preferable to use at least one alkyl (meth)acrylate selected from 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate as the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1). The total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and even more preferably 55 mol% or more. There is no particular upper limit on the total content of 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total raw material monomers of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0), but it may be, for example, 99 mol%, 90 mol%, or 80 mol%.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)が有する官能基であって、架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基としては、例えば架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基がエポキシ基、アジリジニル基、及びヒドロキシ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である場合には、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。例えば架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基がヒドロキシ基である場合には、架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基としては、イソシアナト基、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。 The functional group possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) that can react with the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) can be, for example, a carboxy group when the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, an aziridinyl group, and a hydroxy group. For example, when the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) is a hydroxy group, examples of the functional group that can react with the functional group possessed by the crosslinking agent (B2) include an isocyanato group and a carboxy group.

 一実施形態において、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、さらにケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)を用いてもよい。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)の含有量を調整することにより、光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量を調整することができるため、被着体への粘着力と金属膜に対する密着性のバランスをとって、金属膜の脱離量を低減した保護シートを得ることができる。 In one embodiment, a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) may also be used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0). By adjusting the content of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4), the silicon atom content of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, thereby achieving a balance between adhesive strength to the adherend and adhesion to the metal film, resulting in a protective sheet with reduced metal film detachment.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-80℃以上であることが好ましく、-70℃以上であることがより好ましく、-60℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、0℃以下であることが好ましく、-10℃以下であることがより好ましく、-20℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。ガラス転移温度が-80℃以上であると、凝集力の高い光硬化型粘着剤層が得られるため、シート成形時に樹脂の溶出を防ぐことができる。ガラス転移温度が0℃以下であると、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の間の密着性がより一層良好となる。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably -80°C or higher, more preferably -70°C or higher, and even more preferably -60°C or higher. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower, and even more preferably -20°C or lower. A glass transition temperature of -80°C or higher results in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with high cohesive strength, thereby preventing resin elution during sheet molding. A glass transition temperature of 0°C or lower results in even better adhesion between the intermediate layer and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の重量平均分子量は、100,000~2,000,000であることが好ましく、150,000~1,500,000であることがより好ましく、200,000~1,000,000であることがさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が100,000以上であると、凝集力の高い光硬化型粘着剤層が得られ、シート成形時に樹脂の溶出を防ぐことができる。重量平均分子量が2,000,000以下であると、成形、及び加工が容易である。 The weight-average molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 150,000 to 1,500,000, and even more preferably 200,000 to 1,000,000. A weight-average molecular weight of 100,000 or more results in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with high cohesive strength, and prevents resin elution during sheet formation. A weight-average molecular weight of 2,000,000 or less facilitates molding and processing.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のエチレン性不飽和基当量は、500g/mol以上であることが好ましく、550g/mol以上であることがより好ましく、600g/mol以上であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のエチレン性不飽和基当量は、5000g/mol以下であることが好ましく、4000g/mol以下であることがより好ましく、2000g/mol以下であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のエチレン性不飽和基当量は、1500g/mol以下であってもよく、1000g/mol以下であってもよい。エチレン性不飽和基当量が上記範囲内上であると、十分な硬化性を付与できる。 The ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 500 g/mol or more, more preferably 550 g/mol or more, and even more preferably 600 g/mol or more. The ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 5000 g/mol or less, more preferably 4000 g/mol or less, and even more preferably 2000 g/mol or less. The ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) may be 1500 g/mol or less, or may be 1000 g/mol or less. When the ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent is within the above range, sufficient curability can be imparted.

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の酸価は、1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、5mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、10mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の酸価は、100mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、35mgKOH/g以下であることがさらに好ましい。酸価が1mgKOH/g以上であると、酸基と反応可能な官能基を有する架橋剤と十分に反応でき、凝集力の高い光硬化型粘着剤層が得られる。酸価が100mgKOH/g以下であると、得られる樹脂の凝集力が高くなり過ぎず、取り扱い性が良好である。 The acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more. The acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 35 mgKOH/g or less. When the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more, the resin can react sufficiently with a crosslinking agent having a functional group reactive with an acid group, resulting in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with high cohesive strength. When the acid value is 100 mgKOH/g or less, the cohesive strength of the resulting resin is not too high, resulting in good handleability.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体の合計に対するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)の含有量は、30~99モル%が好ましく、40~90モル%がより好ましく、55~85モル%がさらに好ましい。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)の含有量が30モル%以上であると、中間層との密着性が良好である。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)の含有量が99モル%以下であると、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)の含有量を十分に確保することができるため、架橋剤(B2)との架橋量が十分に確保され、光硬化型粘着剤層の凝集力が向上する。加えて、エチレン性不飽和基の導入量を十分に確保することができるため、活性エネルギー線を照射した際に、保護シートの剥離強度を十分に低下させることができる。 The content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) relative to the total raw material monomers of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) is preferably 30 to 99 mol%, more preferably 40 to 90 mol%, and even more preferably 55 to 85 mol%. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is 30 mol% or more, adhesion to the intermediate layer is good. When the content of alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is 99 mol% or less, a sufficient content of carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) can be ensured, thereby ensuring a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B2) and improving the cohesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In addition, a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups can be introduced, thereby sufficiently reducing the peel strength of the protective sheet when irradiated with active energy rays.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体の合計に対するカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)の含有量は、1~60モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%がより好ましく、10~40モル%がさらに好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)の含有量が1モル%以上であると、架橋剤(B2)との架橋量が十分に確保され、光硬化型粘着剤層の凝集力が向上する。加えて、エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加反応による、エチレン性不飽和基の導入量を十分に確保することができるため、活性エネルギー線を照射した際に、保護シートの剥離強度を十分に低下させることができる。 The content of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) relative to the total raw material monomers of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, and even more preferably 10 to 40 mol%. When the content of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) is 1 mol% or more, a sufficient amount of crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (B2) is ensured, improving the cohesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In addition, a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups can be introduced by the addition reaction of the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3), thereby enabling a sufficient reduction in the peel strength of the protective sheet when irradiated with active energy rays.

 エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体の合計100モルに対して、0.5~55モルであることが好ましく、3~45モルであることがより好ましく、5~35モルであることがさらに好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)由来のカルボキシ基に対するエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加率は、10~99%であることが好ましく、20~95%であることがより好ましく、40~90%であることがさらに好ましい。上記範囲とすることで、架橋剤(B2)との架橋量を確保しつつ、エチレン性不飽和基の導入量を十分に確保することができる。 The amount of epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) is preferably 0.5 to 55 mol, more preferably 3 to 45 mol, and even more preferably 5 to 35 mol, relative to a total of 100 mol of the raw material monomers of (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0). The addition rate of epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) relative to the carboxy groups derived from carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) is preferably 10 to 99%, more preferably 20 to 95%, and even more preferably 40 to 90%. By ensuring the amount within the above range, it is possible to ensure a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups introduced while also ensuring the amount of crosslinking with crosslinking agent (B2).

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、必要に応じて、ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)、及びその他単量体(a2-5)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いてもよい。 If necessary, at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-4) and other monomers (a2-5) may be used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.01~10モル%が好ましく、0.02~5モル%がより好ましく、0.1~1モル%がさらに好ましい。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)の含有量が0.01モル%以上であると、光硬化型粘着剤層と、スパッタリング等のコーティング処理により形成された金属膜との密着性が良好になる。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)の含有量が10モル%以下であると、光硬化型粘着剤層と中間層との間の十分な密着性を確保できる。 When a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0), its content is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol %, more preferably 0.02 to 5 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers. When the content of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is 0.01 mol % or more, adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the metal film formed by a coating process such as sputtering is improved. When the content of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is 10 mol % or less, sufficient adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer can be ensured.

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、その他単量体(a2-5)を用いる場合、その含有量は、原料単量体の合計に対して0.1~30モル%が好ましく、0.1~20モル%がより好ましく、0.1~10モル%がさらに好ましい。 When other monomer (a2-5) is used as a raw material monomer for (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0), its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 mol %, based on the total amount of raw material monomers.

 アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等の官能基とケイ素原子を有さず、アルキル基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)の具体例及び好適例は、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)と同様である。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)としては、カルボキシ基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましい。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)の具体例及び好適例は、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)と同様である。カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that does not have a functional group such as a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, nor a silicon atom, but has an alkyl group and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) are the same as those of the alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1). The alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that has a carboxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) are the same as those of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3). The carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)としては、カルボキシ基を有さず、エポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。本開示において「エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物」は、エポキシ基の代わりにオキセタン環を含むエチレン性不飽和化合物も包含する。具体的には、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートグリシジルエーテル、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、3、4-エポキシシクロヘキサン-1-カルボン酸アリル、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカンオキシエチルアクリレート、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。中でも、合成の容易さの観点から、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、耐熱性の観点から、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. In the present disclosure, the term "epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound" also encompasses ethylenically unsaturated compounds containing an oxetane ring instead of an epoxy group. Specific examples include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexane-1-allyl carboxylate, 3,4-epoxytricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decaneoxyethyl acrylate, and (3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methyl (meth)acrylate. Among these, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance. The epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)としては、カルボキシ基を有さず、ケイ素原子とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましい。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)としては、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]アルキルトリアルコキシシラン、[[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]アルキル]アルキルジアルコキシシラン、及び分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、片末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、片末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物がより好ましい。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)の具体例としては、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]メチルトリエトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]エチルトリエトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]プロピルトリメトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]プロピルトリエトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]オクチルトリメトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]オクチルトリエトキシシラン等の[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]アルキルトリアルコキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]プロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]エチルメチルジエトキシシラン、[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]ノニルメチルジエトキシシラン等の[[(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ]アルキル]アルキルジアルコキシシラン、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリス(トリメチルシリルオキシ)シラン、分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、片末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物などが挙げられる。 The silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has a silicon atom and an ethylenically unsaturated group. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group. The silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyltrialkoxysilane, [[(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyl]alkyldialkoxysilane, and a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end, and more preferably a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end. Specific examples of the silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) include [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyltrialkoxysilanes and [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylsilanes such as [(meth)acryloyloxy]methyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]ethyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propyltrimethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propyltriethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]octyltrimethoxysilane, and [(meth)acryloyloxy]octyltriethoxysilane. Examples include [(meth)acryloyloxy]alkyl]alkyldialkoxysilanes such as [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylmethyldimethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]propylmethyldiethoxysilane, [(meth)acryloyloxy]ethylmethyldiethoxysilane, and [(meth)acryloyloxy]nonylmethyldiethoxysilane; p-styryltrimethoxysilane; methacryloyloxypropyltris(trimethylsilyloxy)silane; and silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in their molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end.

 ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)としては市販品を用いることもでき、例えば、「X-22-174ASX」、「X-22-174BX」、「X-22-2404」、「KF-2012」(いずれも、片末端型メタクリル変性シリコーンオイル、信越化学工業株式会社)、「FM-0711」、「FM-0721」、「FM-0725」(いずれも、サイラプレーン、JNC株式会社)等の分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、片末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物;「TM-0701T」(サイラプレーン、JNC株式会社);「KBE-503」、「KBM-503」、「KBM-5103」、「KBM-5803」、「KBM-1403」等の分子構造中にトリアルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤;「KBE-502」、「KBM-502」等の分子構造中にアルキルジアルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。中でも、反応性の観点から、「X-22-174ASX」、「KF-2012」、「FM-0711」、「FM-0721」、及び「FM-0725」から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。本開示においてシランカップリング剤とは、加水分解性シリル基と反応性有機官能基とを有する化合物である。ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Commercially available silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a2-4) can also be used. For example, commercially available products include "X-22-174ASX," "X-22-174BX," "X-22-2404," and "KF-2012" (all of which are single-terminated methacrylic-modified silicone oils, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and "FM-0711," "FM-0721," and "FM-0725" (all of which are Silaplane, JNC Corporation), which have a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in their molecular structure. Examples of suitable silane coupling agents include silicone compounds having a methacryloyloxy group at one end; "TM-0701T" (Silaplane, JNC Corporation); silane coupling agents having a trialkoxysilyl group in their molecular structure, such as "KBE-503," "KBM-503," "KBM-5103," "KBM-5803," and "KBM-1403"; and silane coupling agents having an alkyldialkoxysilyl group in their molecular structure, such as "KBE-502" and "KBM-502." Among these, from the perspective of reactivity, it is preferable to use at least one selected from "X-22-174ASX," "KF-2012," "FM-0711," "FM-0721," and "FM-0725." In this disclosure, a silane coupling agent is a compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group and a reactive organic functional group. The silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 (a2-1)、(a2-2)及び(a2-4)以外のその他単量体(a2-5)としては、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)及びその他単量体(a1-5)と同様の化合物を用いることができる。その他単量体(a2-5)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Other monomers (a2-5) other than (a2-1), (a2-2), and (a2-4) can be compounds similar to the hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2), (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4), and other monomers (a1-5). The other monomers (a2-5) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(架橋剤(B2))
 架橋剤(B2)としては、ケイ素原子を有さず、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)が有する複数個の官能基のいずれかと反応可能な官能基を複数個有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)はカルボキシ基を有するので、用いることのできる架橋剤(B2)としては、例えば、エポキシ架橋剤、及びアジリジン架橋剤が挙げられる。光硬化型粘着剤層が架橋剤(B2)を含有することで、光硬化型粘着剤層の凝集力が向上し、被着体から保護シートを剥離する際の糊残りを低減することができる。架橋剤(B2)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
(Crosslinking agent (B2))
The crosslinking agent (B2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that does not contain silicon atoms and has multiple functional groups capable of reacting with any of the multiple functional groups contained in the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2). Since the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) has a carboxy group, examples of crosslinking agents that can be used as the crosslinking agent (B2) include epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents. By including the crosslinking agent (B2) in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the cohesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved, and adhesive residue when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend can be reduced. The crosslinking agent (B2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 エポキシ架橋剤及びアジリジン架橋剤としては、架橋剤(B1)として用いられるエポキシ架橋剤及びアジリジン架橋剤のうち、ケイ素原子を有さないものを使用することができる。エポキシ架橋剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。アジリジン架橋剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 As the epoxy crosslinking agent and aziridine crosslinking agent, any of the epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents used as crosslinking agent (B1) that does not contain a silicon atom can be used. Epoxy crosslinking agents can be used alone, or two or more types can be used in combination. Aziridine crosslinking agents can be used alone, or two or more types can be used in combination.

 架橋剤(B2)の含有量は、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)100質量部に対して、0.05~30質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~10質量部であることが更に好ましい。架橋剤(B2)の含有量が0.05質量部以上であると、光硬化型粘着剤層に三次元架橋構造が十分に形成され、その結果、凝集力が十分高い光硬化型粘着剤層が得られる。架橋剤(B2)の含有量が30質量部以下であると、シート成形時に適度なゲル化時間を確保できる。 The content of crosslinking agent (B2) is preferably 0.05 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2). When the content of crosslinking agent (B2) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, a sufficient three-dimensional crosslinked structure is formed in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, resulting in a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with sufficiently high cohesive strength. When the content of crosslinking agent (B2) is 30 parts by mass or less, an appropriate gelation time can be ensured during sheet molding.

(光重合開始剤(C))
 光重合開始剤(C)としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、ベンジル、ベンゾイン、ω-ブロモアセトフェノン、クロロアセトン、アセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン-n-ブチルエーテル、ベンジルメチルケタール、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、メチルベンゾイルホルメート、4’-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン等のカルボニル系光重合開始剤;ジフェニルジスルフィド、ジベンジルジスルフィド、テトラエチルチウラムジスルフィド、テトラメチルアンモニウムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド系光重合開始剤;2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルフェニルエトキシホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤;ベンゾキノン、アントラキノン等のキノン系光重合開始剤;スルホクロリド系光重合開始剤;及びチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン系光重合開始剤が挙げられる。
(Photopolymerization initiator (C))
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (C) include benzophenone, benzil, benzoin, ω-bromoacetophenone, chloroacetone, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, Michler's ketone, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin-n-butyl ether, benzyl methyl ketal, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include carbonyl-based photopolymerization initiators such as methyl benzoyl formate, 4'-dimethylaminoacetophenone, and 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one; sulfide-based photopolymerization initiators such as diphenyl disulfide, dibenzyl disulfide, tetraethyl thiuram disulfide, and tetramethylammonium monosulfide; acyl phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators such as 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenylethoxyphosphine oxide; quinone-based photopolymerization initiators such as benzoquinone and anthraquinone; sulfochloride-based photopolymerization initiators; and thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiators such as thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, and 2-methylthioxanthone.

 これらの中でも、紫外線に対する感度の高さと耐熱性の観点から、カルボニル系光重合開始剤、及びアシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。 Among these, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of carbonyl-based photopolymerization initiators and acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, from the standpoint of high sensitivity to ultraviolet light and heat resistance.

 光重合開始剤(C)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The photopolymerization initiator (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 光重合開始剤(C)の含有量は、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)100質量部に対して、0.1~10.0質量部であることが好ましく、0.5~5.0質量部であることがより好ましい。光重合開始剤(C)の含有量が0.1質量部以上であると、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより十分に速い硬化速度で光硬化型粘着剤層を硬化させることができ、これにより活性エネルギー線照射後の粘着剤層の剥離強度を十分に小さくすることができる。光重合開始剤(C)の含有量が10.0質量部以下であると、保護シートを、被着体から剥離した場合に、粘着剤層が被着体に残存しにくくなる。光重合開始剤(C)の含有量が10.0質量部を超えても、光重合開始剤(C)の含有量に見合う効果が見られないため、含有量を10.0質量部以下とすることで、経済的に粘着剤組成物を製造することができる。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is preferably 0.1 to 10.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5.0 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2). When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be cured at a sufficiently fast curing rate by irradiation with active energy rays, thereby sufficiently reducing the peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after irradiation with active energy rays. When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is 10.0 parts by mass or less, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less likely to remain on the adherend when the protective sheet is peeled from the adherend. Even if the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) exceeds 10.0 parts by mass, no effect commensurate with the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is observed. Therefore, by setting the content to 10.0 parts by mass or less, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be produced economically.

(ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D))
 光硬化型粘着剤層は、必要に応じて、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)を含有していてもよい。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)は、ケイ素原子と、エチレン性不飽和基を分子内に2つ以上含有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましい。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)としては、例えば、分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、両末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物、分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、両末端がビニル基であるシリコーン化合物、ビス(ジビニル)末端ポリジメチルシロキサン;シリコーンジアクリレート、シリコーンヘキサアクリレート、シリコーンヘキサウレタンアクリレート等の2つ以上のアクリロイルオキシ基を有するシリコーン化合物;反応性有機官能基がアリルイソシアヌレート構造を有するシランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。中でも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)への溶解性の観点から、分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、両末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物、シリコーンジアクリレート、及びシリコーンヘキサアクリレートからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
(Silicon-containing photocurable compound (D))
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) as needed. The silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is not particularly limited as long as it contains a silicon atom and two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Examples of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) include silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in the molecular structure and methacryloyloxy groups at both ends, silicone compounds having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in the molecular structure and vinyl groups at both ends, bis(divinyl)-terminated polydimethylsiloxane; silicone compounds having two or more acryloyloxy groups such as silicone diacrylate, silicone hexaacrylate, and silicone hexaurethaneacrylate; and silane coupling agents whose reactive organic functional groups have an allyl isocyanurate structure. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility in the (meth)acrylic resin (A2), at least one selected from the group consisting of a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and methacryloyloxy groups at both ends, a silicone diacrylate, and a silicone hexaacrylate is preferred.

 ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)としては市販品を用いることもでき、例えば、「X-22-164」、「X-22-164AS」、「X-22-164A」、「X-22-164B」、「X-22-164C」、「X-22-164E」、「X-12-1290」(いずれも、信越化学工業株式会社)、「FM-7711」、「FM-7721」、「FM-7725」(いずれも、サイラプレーン、JNC株式会社)、「EBECRYL 350」、「EBECRYL 1360」、「EBECRYL 1365」、「KRM8479」(いずれも、ダイセルオルネクス株式会社)、「DMS-V34」、「DMS-R11」、「DMS-VD11」(いずれも、アヅマックス株式会社)等が挙げられる。中でも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)への溶解性の観点から、「X-22-164A」、「X-22-164B」、「X-22-164C」、「X-22-164E」、「FM-7721」、「FM-7725」、「EBECRYL 350」、及び「EBECRYL 1360」から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Commercially available silicon-containing photocurable compounds (D) can also be used, such as "X-22-164," "X-22-164AS," "X-22-164A," "X-22-164B," "X-22-164C," "X-22-164E," and "X-12-1290" (all from Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), "FM-7711," "FM-7721," and "FM-7725" (all from Silaplane, JNC Corporation), "EBECRYL 350," "EBECRYL 1360," "EBECRYL 1365," and "KRM8479" (all from Daicel Allnex Corporation), and "DMS-V34," "DMS-R11," and "DMS-VD11" (all from AZMAX Corporation). Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility in the (meth)acrylic resin (A2), at least one selected from "X-22-164A," "X-22-164B," "X-22-164C," "X-22-164E," "FM-7721," "FM-7725," "EBECRYL 350," and "EBECRYL 1360" is preferred. The silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)の含有量を調整することにより、光硬化型粘着剤層のケイ素原子の含有量を調整することができるため、被着体への粘着力と金属膜に対する密着性のバランスをとって、金属膜の脱離量を低減した保護シートを得ることができる。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)の含有量は、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)100質量部に対して、0.1~20.0質量部であることが好ましく、0.5~10.0質量部であることがより好ましく、1.0~5.0質量部であることがさらに好ましい。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)の含有量が0.1質量部以上であると、光硬化型粘着剤層とその上にコーティングされた金属膜との密着性が向上する。ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)の含有量が20.0質量部以下であると、保護シートの十分な粘着力を得ることができる。 By adjusting the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D), the silicon atom content of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, thereby achieving a balance between adhesive strength to the adherend and adhesion to the metal film, resulting in a protective sheet with a reduced amount of metal film detachment. The content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is preferably 0.1 to 20.0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10.0 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 5.0 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2). When the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is 0.1 part by mass or more, the adhesion between the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the metal film coated thereon is improved. When the content of the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) is 20.0 parts by mass or less, sufficient adhesive strength of the protective sheet can be obtained.

(他の成分)
 粘着剤組成物は、必要に応じて、上述したエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)、架橋剤(B2)、光重合開始剤(C)、及び任意成分であるケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)以外の他の成分を含有していてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、粘着付与剤、溶媒、及び各種添加剤が挙げられる。粘着付与剤、溶媒、及び各種添加剤としては、それぞれ樹脂組成物について記載したものと同様のものを使用することができる。
(Other ingredients)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may optionally contain other components in addition to the above-described ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), crosslinking agent (B2), photopolymerization initiator (C), and optional silicon-containing photocurable compound (D). Examples of other components include tackifiers, solvents, and various additives. The tackifiers, solvents, and various additives may be the same as those described for the resin composition.

[エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の製造方法]
 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)を製造する方法は、特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体を公知の重合方法により共重合した後、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)が有するカルボキシ基の少なくとも一部にエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)を付加することにより得られる。
[Method for producing ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2)]
The method for producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is not particularly limited. The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) can be obtained, for example, by copolymerizing raw material monomers for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) by a known polymerization method, and then adding an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) to at least a portion of the carboxy groups in the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).

 エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の製造に用いる(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)は、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の製造方法と同様の方法で得ることができる。中でも、溶液重合法が好ましく、使用するラジカル重合開始剤並びに溶媒の種類及び使用量も、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の製造方法について記載したものと同様である。 The (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) used in producing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) can be obtained by the same method as the production method for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1). Among these, solution polymerization is preferred, and the type and amount of radical polymerization initiator and solvent used are the same as those described for the production method for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).

 (メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)のカルボキシ基の少なくとも一部にエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)を付加する際、付加反応の温度は、80~150℃であることが好ましく、90~130℃であることが特に好ましい。付加反応の温度が80℃以上であると、十分な反応速度を得ることができる。付加反応の温度が150℃以下であると、熱によるラジカル重合によって二重結合部が架橋し、ゲル化物が生じることを防止できる。付加反応の際に使用する溶媒は、溶液重合法について記載したものと同様である。 When the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) is added to at least a portion of the carboxy groups of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0), the temperature of the addition reaction is preferably 80 to 150°C, and particularly preferably 90 to 130°C. An addition reaction temperature of 80°C or higher ensures a sufficient reaction rate. An addition reaction temperature of 150°C or lower prevents crosslinking of double bonds due to thermal radical polymerization, which would otherwise cause gelation. The solvent used in the addition reaction is the same as that described for the solution polymerization method.

 付加反応では、必要に応じて、公知の触媒を使用することができる。触媒としては、例えば、n-ブチルアミン、n-ヘキシルアミン、ベンジルアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、ジエチルアミノプロピルアミン等の1級アミン;トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、ジメチルベンジルアミン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナ-5-エン、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン等の3級アミン;アニリン、トルイジン、フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノジフェニルメタン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン等の芳香族アミン;ピリジン、2,6-ルチジン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン等のピリジン化合物;イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール化合物、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロリド、テトラメチルアンモニウムブロマイド、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロリド、テトラブチルアンモニウムブロマイド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヨージド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキサイド等のアンモニウム塩;テトラメチル尿素等のアルキル尿素;テトラメチルグアニジン等のアルキルグアニジン;トリフェニルホスフィン、ジメチルフェニルホスフィン、トリシクロヘキシルホスフィン、トリブチルホスフィン、トリス(4-メチルフェニル)ホスフィン、トリス(4-メトキシフェニル)ホスフィン、トリス(2,6-ジメチルフェニル)ホスフィン、トリス(2,6-ジメトキシフェニル)ホスフィン、トリス(2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル)ホスフィン、トリス(2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニル)ホスフィン等のホスフィン化合物;及びテトラフェニルホスフォニウムクロリド、テトラフェニルホスフォニウムブロマイド、テトラフェニルホスフォニウムヨージド、テトラフェニルホスフォニウムテトラフェニルボレート、テトラフェニルホスフォニウムテトラキスペンタフルオロフェニルボレート、4-ヒドロキシフェニル-2-(トリフェニルホスフォニウム)フェノレート、4-ヒドロキシフェニル-2-{トリス-(4―メチルフェニル)ホスフォニウム}フェノレート、ベンジルトリフェニルホスフォニウムクロリド、メチルトリフェニルホスフォニウムブロマイド、エチルトリフェニルホスフォニウムブロマイド、ブチルトリフェニルホスフォニウムブロマイド等のホスフォニウム塩が挙げられる。中でも、反応性の観点からピリジン化合物、イミダゾール化合物、アンモニウム塩、ホスフィン化合物、又はホスフォニウム塩を用いることが好ましい。 In the addition reaction, known catalysts can be used as needed. Examples of catalysts include primary amines such as n-butylamine, n-hexylamine, benzylamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, and diethylaminopropylamine; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine, dimethylbenzylamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene, and 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; and aromatic amines such as aniline, toluidine, phenylenediamine, diaminodiphenylmethane, and 1,8-diaminonaphthalene. Pyridine compounds such as pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine; imidazole compounds such as imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole; ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium iodide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide; alkyl ureas such as tetramethylurea; alkyl guanidines such as tetramethylguanidine; phosphine compounds such as triphenylphosphine, dimethylphenylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, tributylphosphine, tris(4-methylphenyl)phosphine, tris(4-methoxyphenyl)phosphine, tris(2,6-dimethylphenyl)phosphine, tris(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)phosphine, tris(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)phosphine, and tris(2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl)phosphine; and tetraphenylphosphonium chloride, tetraphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenylphosphonium Examples of suitable phosphonium salts include phosphonium iodide, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, tetraphenylphosphonium tetrakispentafluorophenylborate, 4-hydroxyphenyl-2-(triphenylphosphonium)phenolate, 4-hydroxyphenyl-2-{tris-(4-methylphenyl)phosphonium}phenolate, benzyltriphenylphosphonium chloride, methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, ethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, and butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide. Among these, pyridine compounds, imidazole compounds, ammonium salts, phosphine compounds, and phosphonium salts are preferred from the standpoint of reactivity.

 付加反応における触媒の使用量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)とエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)との合計100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.05~10質量部がより好ましく、0.1~5質量部が更に好ましい。 The amount of catalyst used in the addition reaction is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) and the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3).

 さらに、付加反応時には、重合禁止効果のあるガスを反応系中に導入したり、重合禁止剤を添加したりしてもよい。重合禁止効果のあるガスを反応系中に導入したり、重合禁止剤を添加したりすることにより、付加反応時のゲル化を防ぐことができる。 Furthermore, during the addition reaction, a gas with a polymerization-inhibiting effect may be introduced into the reaction system, or a polymerization inhibitor may be added. By introducing a gas with a polymerization-inhibiting effect into the reaction system, or by adding a polymerization inhibitor, gelation during the addition reaction can be prevented.

 重合禁止効果のあるガスとしては、系内物質の爆発範囲に入らない程度の酸素を含むガス、例えば、空気などが挙げられる。 Gases that have the effect of inhibiting polymerization include gases that contain oxygen to a degree that does not fall within the explosive range of the substances in the system, such as air.

 重合禁止剤としては、公知のものを使用することができ、特に制限はされないが、例えば、4-メトキシフェノール、ヒドロキノン、メトキノン、2,6-ジ-t-ブチルフェノール、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、及びフェノチアジンが挙げられる。重合禁止剤は、単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The polymerization inhibitor may be any known one, and is not particularly limited. Examples include 4-methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, methoquinone, 2,6-di-t-butylphenol, 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and phenothiazine. The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 重合禁止剤の使用量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)とエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)との合計100質量部に対して、0.005~5質量部が好ましく、0.03~3質量部がより好ましく、0.05~1.5質量部が更に好ましい。重合禁止剤の使用量が0.005質量部以上であれば、付加反応時のゲル化を防ぐことができる。一方、重合禁止剤の使用量が5質量部以下であれば、活性エネルギー線照射時の光硬化型粘着剤層の十分な露光感度が得られる。 The amount of polymerization inhibitor used is preferably 0.005 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 3 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 1.5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total of the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) and the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3). If the amount of polymerization inhibitor used is 0.005 parts by mass or more, gelation during the addition reaction can be prevented. On the other hand, if the amount of polymerization inhibitor used is 5 parts by mass or less, sufficient exposure sensitivity of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be obtained when irradiated with active energy rays.

 重合禁止効果のあるガスと重合禁止剤とを併用すると、使用する重合禁止剤の量を低減したり、重合禁止効果を高めたりできるためより好ましい。 Using a gas with polymerization inhibitor effects in combination with a polymerization inhibitor is preferable, as it reduces the amount of polymerization inhibitor used and increases the polymerization inhibitor effect.

[粘着剤組成物の製造方法]
 粘着剤組成物は、従来公知の方法により製造することができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)と、架橋剤(B2)と、光重合開始剤(C)と、必要に応じて含有される、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)、及び粘着付与剤、溶媒、各種添加剤等の他の成分とを、従来公知の方法を用いて混合し、撹拌することにより製造することができる。
[Method of manufacturing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be produced by a conventionally known method, for example, by mixing and stirring the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), the crosslinking agent (B2), the photopolymerization initiator (C), and optionally the silicon-containing photocurable compound (D), and other components such as a tackifier, a solvent, and various additives, using a conventionally known method.

 粘着剤組成物に含まれる各成分を混合し、撹拌する方法は、特に限定されるものではない。混合及び撹拌は、例えば、ホモディスパー、パドル翼等の撹拌翼を取り付けた撹拌装置を用いて行うことができる。 There are no particular limitations on the method for mixing and stirring the components contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Mixing and stirring can be carried out using, for example, a stirring device equipped with stirring blades such as a homodisper or paddle blade.

[光硬化型粘着剤層の製造方法]
 光硬化型粘着剤層は、例えば、以下に示す方法により製造することができる。まず、剥離シート上に粘着剤組成物を塗布し、溶媒を含む場合は加熱乾燥して溶媒を除去し、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を形成する。その後、必要に応じて、中間層又は硬化前中間層に積層する直前まで、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層の中間層又は硬化前中間層への貼付け面に剥離シートを貼り合わせておいてもよい。熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層は、得られたシートをオーブン等で一定時間、加熱養生することで硬化反応を行い、架橋構造を形成させてもよい。硬化反応は、中間層又は硬化前中間層と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を貼合した後に行ってもよい。
[Method of manufacturing a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer]
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be produced, for example, by the method described below. First, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied onto a release sheet, and if a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, thereby forming a pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Thereafter, if necessary, a release sheet may be attached to the surface of the pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be attached to the intermediate layer or pre-cured intermediate layer until immediately before lamination with the intermediate layer or pre-cured intermediate layer. The pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may undergo a curing reaction by heat curing the obtained sheet in an oven or the like for a certain period of time, thereby forming a crosslinked structure. The curing reaction may be carried out after laminating the intermediate layer or pre-cured intermediate layer and the pre-thermally cured photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 光硬化型粘着剤層は、以下に示す方法により製造することもできる。基材の一方の主面上に中間層を有するシートの中間層上に直接粘着剤組成物を塗布し、溶媒を含む場合は加熱乾燥して溶媒を除去して熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を形成する。その後、必要に応じて、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層上に剥離シートを貼り合わせる。得られたシートを前述のようにして架橋構造を形成させる。また、基材の一方の主面上に硬化前中間層を有するシートの硬化前中間層上に直接粘着剤組成物を塗布し、溶媒を含む場合は加熱乾燥して溶媒を除去して熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を形成してもよい。その後、必要に応じて、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層上に剥離シートを貼り合わせる。その後、硬化前中間層と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を同時に硬化させる。これらの方法では、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層を貼り合わせて保護シートを得る工程を省略することができる。 The photocurable adhesive layer can also be produced by the following method. A sheet having an intermediate layer on one main surface of a substrate is coated with an adhesive composition directly onto the intermediate layer. If a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer. A release sheet is then laminated, if necessary, onto the pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer. A crosslinked structure is then formed on the resulting sheet as described above. Alternatively, a sheet having a pre-thermally cured intermediate layer on one main surface of a substrate is coated with an adhesive composition directly onto the pre-cured intermediate layer. If a solvent is contained, the composition is heated and dried to remove the solvent, forming a pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer. A release sheet is then laminated, if necessary, onto the pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer. The pre-cured intermediate layer and the pre-thermally cured photocurable adhesive layer are then simultaneously cured. These methods eliminate the need for the step of laminating an intermediate layer and a photocurable adhesive layer to obtain a protective sheet.

 粘着剤組成物を剥離シート上又は中間層若しくは硬化前中間層上に塗布する方法、塗布した粘着剤組成物を加熱乾燥する際の条件及び好ましい範囲、並びに加熱乾燥後の熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層をオーブンで一定時間養生する際の条件及び好ましい範囲は、中間層の製造方法について記載したものと同様である。 The method for applying the adhesive composition onto the release sheet or onto the intermediate layer or pre-cured intermediate layer, the conditions and preferred ranges for heating and drying the applied adhesive composition, and the conditions and preferred ranges for curing the pre-thermosetting photocurable adhesive layer in an oven for a certain period of time after heating and drying are the same as those described for the method for manufacturing the intermediate layer.

(剥離シート)
 剥離シートとして、公知のシート状の材料を適宜選択して使用することができる。剥離シートとしては、基材として使用される上述した樹脂シートと同様のものを用いることができる。
(Release sheet)
The release sheet can be selected from known sheet-shaped materials as appropriate and can be the same as the above-mentioned resin sheet used as the substrate.

 剥離シートの厚さは、保護シートの用途、剥離シートの材料等に応じて適宜選択することができる。剥離シートとして樹脂シートを用いる場合、剥離シートの厚さは、好ましくは5~300μm、より好ましくは10~200μm、更に好ましくは25~100μmである。 The thickness of the release sheet can be selected appropriately depending on the application of the protective sheet, the material of the release sheet, etc. When a resin sheet is used as the release sheet, the thickness of the release sheet is preferably 5 to 300 μm, more preferably 10 to 200 μm, and even more preferably 25 to 100 μm.

 剥離シートの剥離面、すなわち、光硬化型粘着剤層に接して配置される面には、必要に応じてシリコーン系、長鎖アルキル系、フッ素系等の従来公知の剥離剤を用いた剥離処理が施されていてもよい。 The release surface of the release sheet, i.e., the surface that comes into contact with the photocurable adhesive layer, may be subjected to a release treatment using a conventional release agent such as a silicone-based, long-chain alkyl-based, or fluorine-based release agent, if necessary.

[保護シートの製造方法]
 保護シートは、例えば、硬化前中間層、及び熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層のいずれかを先に硬化させた後、硬化前の他方の層を貼合し、硬化前の層を硬化させることにより製造してもよく、硬化前中間層、及び熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を貼合し、両層を同時に硬化させることにより製造してもよい。保護シートは、熱硬化物である中間層と、熱硬化物である光硬化型粘着剤層とを貼合することにより製造してもよい。
[Protective sheet manufacturing method]
The protective sheet may be produced, for example, by first curing either the pre-curing intermediate layer or the pre-thermosetting light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and then laminating the other pre-curing layer and curing the pre-curing layer, or by laminating the pre-curing intermediate layer and the pre-thermosetting light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and curing both layers simultaneously. The protective sheet may be produced by laminating an intermediate layer that is a thermosetting product and a photo-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that is also a thermosetting product.

 保護シートの製造方法の具体例を以下に示す。基材の一方の主面上に硬化前中間層を有するシートと、剥離シート上に熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を有するシートを用意する。両シートの貼り合わせ面に剥離シートが積層されている場合にはこれを剥離し、硬化前中間層の貼付け面、すなわち基材と反対側の面と、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層の貼付け面、すなわち剥離シートと反対側の面とを対向させて貼り合わせる。 A specific example of a method for manufacturing a protective sheet is shown below. A sheet having a pre-curing intermediate layer on one main surface of a substrate, and a sheet having a pre-thermosetting light-curing adhesive layer on a release sheet are prepared. If a release sheet is laminated on the bonding surfaces of the two sheets, this is peeled off, and the sheets are bonded together so that the bonding surface of the pre-curing intermediate layer, i.e., the surface opposite the substrate, faces the bonding surface of the pre-thermosetting light-curing adhesive layer, i.e., the surface opposite the release sheet.

 その後、硬化前中間層と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を貼り合わせた状態で、オーブンで一定時間加熱する養生工程を行い、硬化前中間層と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層を熱硬化させ、両層の硬化物を得る。養生工程の条件は、特に制限されないが、通常30~100℃、好ましくは40~80℃にて通常1~14日間、好ましくは1~7日間養生を行う。上記条件で養生を行うことにより、各層のゲル分率を所望の範囲に調整することができる。各成分の組み合わせによっては、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の界面での架橋、すなわちエチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と架橋剤(B2)の架橋、及びエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)と架橋剤(B1)の架橋の進行も期待できるため、養生工程を経ることにより、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の層間密着性を向上させることが期待できる。 The pre-curing intermediate layer and the pre-thermosetting light-curable adhesive layer are then laminated together and heated in an oven for a certain period of time for a curing process. This thermally cures the pre-curing intermediate layer and the pre-thermosetting light-curable adhesive layer, yielding a cured product of both layers. The conditions for the curing process are not particularly limited, but curing is typically performed at 30 to 100°C, preferably 40 to 80°C, for 1 to 14 days, preferably 1 to 7 days. Curing under these conditions allows the gel fraction of each layer to be adjusted to the desired range. Depending on the combination of components, crosslinking at the interface between the intermediate layer and the photo-curable adhesive layer, i.e., crosslinking between the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and the crosslinking agent (B2), and crosslinking between the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) and the crosslinking agent (B1), can also occur. Therefore, the curing process is expected to improve the interlayer adhesion between the intermediate layer and the photo-curable adhesive layer.

[バンプ電極を有する半導体デバイスの製造方法]
 一実施形態のバンプ電極を有する半導体デバイスの製造方法は、
 保護シートの光硬化型粘着剤層面を処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面に貼り付ける保護工程、
 保護シートに対して活性エネルギー線照射を行い、光硬化型粘着剤層を光硬化させる活性エネルギー線照射工程、
 保護シートを貼り付けた処理前半導体デバイスの加熱工程、及び
 保護シートをバンプ電極付き面から剥離する剥離工程
を含む。なお、保護工程と剥離工程との間に処理前半導体デバイスの加工工程を行ってもよく、最初に保護工程を行い、最後に剥離工程を行えば、他の工程はその順序を入れ替えてもよい。
[Method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having bump electrodes]
A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a bump electrode according to one embodiment includes the steps of:
a protection step of attaching the photocurable adhesive layer surface of the protection sheet to the bump electrode-bearing surface of the unprocessed semiconductor device;
an active energy ray irradiation step of irradiating the protective sheet with active energy rays to photocure the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer;
The method includes a heating step of the unprocessed semiconductor device to which the protective sheet is attached, and a peeling step of peeling the protective sheet from the surface with the bump electrodes. Note that a processing step of the unprocessed semiconductor device may be performed between the protection step and the peeling step, and the order of the other steps may be reversed as long as the protection step is performed first and the peeling step is performed last.

(保護工程)
 保護工程では、バンプ電極を有する処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面に保護シートの光硬化型粘着剤層面を貼り付ける。このことにより、処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面が保護される。処理前半導体デバイスの具体例としては、バンプ付き半導体チップ、バンプ付きプリント配線基板(PCB)、バンプ付きフレキシブル配線回路基板(FPC)等の表面に凹凸を持った半導体デバイスが挙げられる。これらの半導体デバイスは、バンプ電極を他の電子デバイスに接続する実装工程までの製造工程において、種々の加工工程に付される。バンプ電極付き面が加工工程中に保護されることで、バンプ電極付き面の傷つき、破損、汚染等を防止することができる。保護シートは、続く加工工程を行うための処理前半導体デバイスの仮固定の機能を兼ねることもできる。
(Protection process)
In the protection step, the photocurable adhesive layer surface of the protective sheet is attached to the bump electrode-bearing surface of the pre-processed semiconductor device having bump electrodes. This protects the bump electrode-bearing surface of the pre-processed semiconductor device. Specific examples of pre-processed semiconductor devices include semiconductor devices with uneven surfaces, such as bumped semiconductor chips, bumped printed wiring boards (PCBs), and bumped flexible printed circuit boards (FPCs). These semiconductor devices are subjected to various processing steps in the manufacturing process up to the mounting step in which the bump electrodes are connected to other electronic devices. Protecting the bump electrode-bearing surface during the processing steps can prevent scratches, damage, contamination, etc., on the bump electrode-bearing surface. The protective sheet can also serve as a temporary fixation function for the pre-processed semiconductor device for subsequent processing steps.

 バンプ電極の高さをH[μm]とし、中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの合計をd[μm]としたとき、d/Hは、好ましくは1.00以上、より好ましくは1.05以上、更に好ましくは1.10以上である。d/Hは、好ましくは100以下、より好ましくは20以下、更に好ましくは10以下である。 When the height of the bump electrode is H [μm] and the total thickness of the intermediate layer and photocurable adhesive layer is d [μm], d/H is preferably 1.00 or greater, more preferably 1.05 or greater, and even more preferably 1.10 or greater. d/H is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less.

 光硬化型粘着剤層上に剥離シートが設けられている場合、剥離シートによって使用時まで光硬化型粘着剤層を保護することができる。光硬化型粘着剤層上に剥離シートが設けられている場合、剥離シートを剥がして光硬化型粘着剤層を露出させ、光硬化型粘着剤層の貼付面を処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面に圧着する作業を効率よく行うことができる。 If a release sheet is provided on the photo-curable adhesive layer, the release sheet can protect the photo-curable adhesive layer until it is ready for use. If a release sheet is provided on the photo-curable adhesive layer, the release sheet can be peeled off to expose the photo-curable adhesive layer, and the surface of the photo-curable adhesive layer can be efficiently pressed against the surface of the semiconductor device with bump electrodes before processing.

 半導体デバイスがバンプ電極付き面を複数有する場合、保護工程においては、一部又は全てのバンプ電極付き面に保護シートを貼り付ける。例えば、特開2014-225546号公報等に開示される半導体チップの積層を行う場合、バンプ電極付き面の実装面を除く非実装面に保護シートを貼り付けることができる。 If a semiconductor device has multiple surfaces with bump electrodes, protective sheets are attached to some or all of the surfaces with bump electrodes during the protection process. For example, when stacking semiconductor chips as disclosed in JP 2014-225546 A, etc., protective sheets can be attached to non-mounting surfaces excluding the mounting surfaces of the surfaces with bump electrodes.

(加工工程)
 半導体デバイスの製造方法は、保護工程と後述する剥離工程との間に加工工程を有してもよい。
(Processing process)
The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device may include a processing step between the protection step and the peeling step described below.

 加工工程としては、従来公知の半導体デバイスの製造に用いられる加工工程を特に制限なく適用することができる。例えば、保護シートをウエハのダイシングテープとして用いる場合、保護工程において、複数の部品が形成されているウエハに保護シートを貼り付けた後、加工工程において、ウエハを切断して、個々の部品に切り分け、素子小片(チップともいう)を得るダイシング工程を実施する。加工工程として半導体チップの積層工程を実施する場合、バンプ電極付き面の非実装面のみを保護工程で保護し、保護シートが貼り付けられていない実装面同士を接触させて積層しながら電気的に接続する。 The processing step can be any processing step used in the manufacture of conventionally known semiconductor devices, without any particular restrictions. For example, when using a protective sheet as a wafer dicing tape, the protective sheet is attached to a wafer on which multiple components are formed in the protection step, and then the processing step involves a dicing step in which the wafer is cut into individual components to obtain small element pieces (also called chips). When a semiconductor chip stacking process is performed as a processing step, only the non-mounting surfaces of the surfaces with bump electrodes are protected in the protection step, and the mounting surfaces not covered by the protective sheet are brought into contact with each other and electrically connected while being stacked.

(加熱工程)
 半導体デバイスの製造方法は、保護工程と後述する剥離工程との間に加熱工程を有する。半導体デバイスの製造方法が保護工程の後に加工工程を有する場合には、加工工程と加熱工程の順序は限定されない。保護シートの保護機能及び仮固定機能、すなわち密着性能を最大限に発揮させる観点からは、加工工程と加熱工程が同時に実施されること、あるいは加工工程が加熱工程の前に実施されることが好ましい。
(Heating process)
The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device includes a heating step between the protection step and the peeling step described below. When the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device includes a processing step after the protection step, the order of the processing step and the heating step is not limited. From the viewpoint of maximizing the protective function and temporary fixing function of the protective sheet, i.e., the adhesion performance, it is preferable that the processing step and the heating step be performed simultaneously, or that the processing step be performed before the heating step.

 加熱工程としては、従来公知の半導体デバイスの製造に用いられる加熱工程を特に制限なく適用することができる。加熱工程としては、例えば、バンプ付きPCBのアフターキュア工程、半導体チップのスパッタリング工程、及び半導体チップ接続時のリフロー工程が挙げられる。 The heating process can be any heating process used in the manufacture of conventional semiconductor devices, without any particular restrictions. Examples of heating processes include the after-cure process for PCBs with bumps, the sputtering process for semiconductor chips, and the reflow process for connecting semiconductor chips.

 加熱工程の条件は特に制限されない。保護工程を加熱工程の前に実施することにより、例えば150℃以上、180℃以上、又は200℃以上といった高温処理を行った場合でも、バンプ電極付き面を良好に保護することができる。加熱工程の最高到達温度は、特に限定されないが、例えば80℃以上、又は100℃以上であってよく、260℃以下、又は230℃以下であってよい。加熱工程の最高到達温度は、特に限定されないが、保護シートの耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは300℃以下、より好ましくは270℃以下である。加熱時間は特に制限されないが、例えば1分~180分、好ましくは1分~120分、より好ましくは1分~60分である。 The conditions for the heating step are not particularly limited. By performing the protection step before the heating step, the surface with the bump electrodes can be well protected even when high-temperature treatment is performed at, for example, 150°C or higher, 180°C or higher, or 200°C or higher. The maximum temperature reached in the heating step is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 80°C or higher or 100°C or higher, and 260°C or lower or 230°C or lower. The maximum temperature reached in the heating step is not particularly limited, but from the perspective of the heat resistance of the protective sheet, it is preferably 300°C or lower, more preferably 270°C or lower. The heating time is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1 to 180 minutes, preferably 1 to 120 minutes, and more preferably 1 to 60 minutes.

 スパッタリング工程の条件は特に制限されない。例えば、Cr、Cu、Ti、Ag、Pt、Au等の金属、Ni-Cr、SUS、Cu-Zn等の合金、又はITO、SiO、TiO、Nb、ZnO等の金属酸化物をターゲットとして用いて、Ar等の不活性ガスを用いて製膜を行ってよい。スパッタリング方法としては、例えば、マグネトロンスパッタリング法、2極スパッタリング法、DC(直流)スパッタリング法、RF(高周波)スパッタリング法、反応性スパッタリング法、イオンビームスパッタリング法等が挙げられる。スパッタリング工程における製膜温度は特に制限されないが、例えば、100℃以上、130℃以上、又は150℃以上といった高温条件で行った場合でも、バンプ電極付き面を良好に保護することができる。 The conditions for the sputtering process are not particularly limited. For example, a metal such as Cr, Cu, Ti, Ag, Pt, or Au, an alloy such as Ni—Cr, SUS, or Cu—Zn, or a metal oxide such as ITO, SiO 2 , TiO 2 , Nb 2 O 5 , or ZnO may be used as a target, and film formation may be performed using an inert gas such as Ar. Examples of sputtering methods include magnetron sputtering, bipolar sputtering, DC (direct current) sputtering, RF (radio frequency) sputtering, reactive sputtering, and ion beam sputtering. The film formation temperature in the sputtering process is not particularly limited, but even when performed under high-temperature conditions such as 100° C. or higher, 130° C. or higher, or 150° C. or higher, the surface with the bump electrode can be well protected.

 スパッタリング工程の前に半導体チップの間に隙間が生じている場合、例えば、半導体デバイスがダイシング工程を経て小片化され、半導体チップ間の隙間が生じている場合には、保護シートの光硬化型粘着剤層は、半導体チップ間の隙間部分で露出した状態である。このため、半導体チップ表面のみならず、光硬化型粘着剤層の露出部分においてもスパッタリング工程により金属膜が形成される。保護シートは、活性エネルギー線照射工程を経ても、剥離工程に至るまで、金属膜に対する密着性を維持し、金属膜の脱離を低減することができる。したがって、各工程で用いる装置及び半導体チップの金属汚染を低減することができる。 If gaps exist between semiconductor chips before the sputtering process, for example, if a semiconductor device is diced into small pieces and gaps exist between the semiconductor chips, the photo-curable adhesive layer of the protective sheet will be exposed in the gaps between the semiconductor chips. As a result, a metal film is formed during the sputtering process not only on the surface of the semiconductor chip, but also on the exposed areas of the photo-curable adhesive layer. The protective sheet maintains its adhesion to the metal film even after the active energy ray irradiation process, all the way up to the peeling process, and is able to reduce detachment of the metal film. This reduces metal contamination of the equipment and semiconductor chips used in each process.

(活性エネルギー線照射工程)
 活性エネルギー線照射工程では、通常、保護シートの基材側から活性エネルギー線を照射する。被着体が光透過性を有する場合は被着体側から保護シートに向けて活性エネルギー線を照射してもよい。活性エネルギー線照射により光硬化型粘着剤層を架橋硬化させることができ、保護シートの耐熱性を上げる、あるいは保護シートの剥離性を向上させることができる。活性エネルギー線照射工程は、保護工程と後述する剥離工程の間に行えばよく、加工工程及び加熱工程との順序は限定されない。
(Active energy ray irradiation step)
In the active energy ray irradiation step, active energy rays are usually irradiated from the substrate side of the protective sheet. If the adherend is light-transmitting, active energy rays may be irradiated from the adherend side toward the protective sheet. Irradiation with active energy rays can crosslink and cure the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, thereby increasing the heat resistance of the protective sheet or improving the releasability of the protective sheet. The active energy ray irradiation step may be performed between the protection step and the peeling step described below, and the order of the processing step and the heating step is not limited.

 活性エネルギー線照射工程は、2回に分けて行ってもよい。例えば、保護工程と加工工程の間に活性エネルギー線照射工程を行い、光硬化型粘着剤層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の一部を架橋硬化させることで、保護シートの耐熱性を上げることができる。さらに、後述の剥離工程の直前に2回目の活性エネルギー線照射工程を行い、残りのエチレン性不飽和基を架橋させることで、保護シートの剥離強度を低減して、被着体からの剥離性を向上させることができる。 The active energy ray irradiation step may be carried out in two separate steps. For example, by carrying out the active energy ray irradiation step between the protection step and the processing step and crosslinking and curing some of the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the heat resistance of the protective sheet can be improved. Furthermore, by carrying out a second active energy ray irradiation step immediately before the peeling step described below and crosslinking the remaining ethylenically unsaturated groups, the peel strength of the protective sheet can be reduced and its releasability from the adherend can be improved.

 活性エネルギー線としては、例えば、ガンマ線、紫外線(UV)、可視光線、赤外線、ラジオ波、アルファ線、ベータ線、電子線、プラズマ流、電離線、粒子線等が挙げられ、中でも紫外線(UV)が好ましい。被着体に貼り付けられた剥離前の保護シートに、UV照射を行う際に使用される光源としては、例えば、LEDランプ、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク灯、キセノン灯、メタルハライドランプ、ケミカルランプ、及びブラックライトが挙げられる。活性エネルギー線照射には、LEDランプ、高圧水銀灯又はメタルハライドランプを用いることが好ましい。 Examples of active energy rays include gamma rays, ultraviolet (UV), visible light, infrared, radio waves, alpha rays, beta rays, electron beams, plasma flow, ionizing rays, and particle beams, with ultraviolet (UV) rays being preferred. Examples of light sources used to irradiate UV rays on a protective sheet attached to an adherend before removal include LED lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arc lamps, xenon lamps, metal halide lamps, chemical lamps, and black lights. It is preferable to use an LED lamp, high-pressure mercury lamp, or metal halide lamp for active energy ray irradiation.

 保護シートに照射する活性エネルギー線照射量は、50~3000mJ/cmであることが好ましく、100~1500mJ/cmであることがより好ましい。保護シートに照射する活性エネルギー線照射量が50mJ/cm以上であると、活性エネルギー線照射することにより十分に速い硬化速度で光硬化型粘着剤層を硬化させることができるため、活性エネルギー線照射後の光硬化型粘着剤層の粘着力を十分に小さくすることができる。保護シートに照射する活性エネルギー線照射量を3000mJ/cm超にしても、それに見合う効果が得られないため、保護シートに照射する活性エネルギー線照射量を3000mJ/cm以下とすることで、被着体に対する活性エネルギー線照射の影響を軽減しながら、経済的に光硬化型粘着剤層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基を架橋させることができる。 The active energy ray irradiation dose applied to the protective sheet is preferably 50 to 3000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 100 to 1500 mJ/ cm2 . When the active energy ray irradiation dose applied to the protective sheet is 50 mJ/ cm2 or more, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be cured at a sufficiently fast curing rate by the active energy ray irradiation, and the adhesive strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer after the active energy ray irradiation can be sufficiently reduced. Even if the active energy ray irradiation dose applied to the protective sheet exceeds 3000 mJ/ cm2 , a corresponding effect cannot be obtained. Therefore, by setting the active energy ray irradiation dose applied to the protective sheet to 3000 mJ/cm2 or less , the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be crosslinked economically while reducing the impact of the active energy ray irradiation on the adherend.

(剥離工程)
 剥離工程では、保護シートをバンプ電極付き面から剥離し、除去する。剥離工程は、活性エネルギー線照射を行い、光硬化型粘着剤層を硬化させた後に行う。活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、光硬化型粘着剤層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合が三次元架橋構造を形成して硬化する。その結果、光硬化型粘着剤層の剥離強度が低下する。その後、半導体デバイスから保護シートを剥離する。
(Peeling process)
In the peeling process, the protective sheet is peeled and removed from the surface with the bump electrodes. The peeling process is performed after the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured by irradiating it with active energy rays. By irradiating it with active energy rays, the ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer form a three-dimensional crosslinked structure and are cured. As a result, the peel strength of the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reduced. Then, the protective sheet is peeled off from the semiconductor device.

 一実施形態のバンプ電極を有する半導体デバイスの製造方法によれば、加熱工程を実施した場合であっても、アウトガスの発生がなく、バンプ付き被着体表面上での糊残りがない状態で半導体デバイスを得ることができるため、得られた半導体デバイスに対して問題なく続く実装工程を実施することができる。また、部分的に露出した光硬化型粘着剤層上にスパッタリング工程等でコーティングされた金属膜が形成された場合においても、剥離工程に至るまで光硬化型粘着剤層が金属膜に対する密着性を維持し、金属膜の脱離量が低減される。したがって、各工程で用いる装置及び半導体デバイスの金属汚染を低減することができる。 In one embodiment of the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having bump electrodes, even when a heating process is performed, no outgassing occurs and semiconductor devices can be obtained without adhesive residue on the surface of the bumped substrate, allowing the subsequent mounting process to be carried out without any problems. Furthermore, even when a metal film is formed on a partially exposed photocurable adhesive layer by coating in a sputtering process or the like, the photocurable adhesive layer maintains adhesion to the metal film up until the peeling process, reducing the amount of metal film detachment. This reduces metal contamination of the equipment and semiconductor devices used in each process.

 以下、実施例及び比較例により本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below using examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.

 使用した原料を以下に示す。
アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)又は(a2-1):
 メチルメタクリレート、株式会社日本触媒、
 n-ブチルアクリレート、大阪有機化学工業株式会社、
 2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート、大阪有機化学工業株式会社
ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)又はその他単量体(a2-5):
 2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、株式会社日本触媒
カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)又は(a2-2):
 アクリル酸、株式会社日本触媒
(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4):
 N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド
ラジカル重合開始剤:
 2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社
エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3):
 グリシジルメタクリレート、日油株式会社、
 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタクリレート、ダイセル株式会社、
 4HBAGE(4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル)、三菱ケミカル株式会社
ケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4):
 FM-0711(下記式で表される化合物、数平均分子量(Mn):1000)、JNC株式会社、
 FM-0721(下記式で表される化合物、数平均分子量(Mn):5000)、JNC株式会社、
(式中、mは繰り返し数を表す。)
 KF-2012(分子構造中にポリジメチルシロキサン骨格を有し、片末端がメタクリロイルオキシ基であるシリコーン化合物)、信越化学工業株式会社
イソシアナト基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物:
 カレンズ(商標)MOI(2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート)、株式会社レゾナック、
架橋剤(B1):
 L-45E(トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート付加物)、東ソー株式会社、商品名:コロネートL-45E、
架橋剤(B2):
 L-45E(トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート付加物)、東ソー株式会社、商品名:コロネートL-45E、
 テトラッドX(N,N’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ビス[ビス(オキシラン-2-イルメチル)アミン])、三菱ガス化学株式会社、商品名:TETRAD-X
光重合開始剤(C):
 TPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド)、BASF社、商品名:L-TPO
ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D):
 EBECRYL 1360(シリコーンヘキサアクリレート)、ダイセルオルネクス株式会社、
 FM-7725(下記式で表される化合物、数平均分子量(Mn):10000)、JNC株式会社
(式中、nは繰り返し数を表す。)
The raw materials used are shown below.
Alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) or (a2-1):
Methyl methacrylate, Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.,
n-Butyl acrylate, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Ltd.
2-Ethylhexyl acrylate, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2) or other monomer (a2-5):
2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate, Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) or (a2-2):
Acrylic acid, Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4):
N,N-dimethylacrylamide radical polymerization initiator:
2,2'-Azobis(isobutyronitrile), Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3):
Glycidyl methacrylate, NOF Corporation,
3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, Daicel Corporation;
4HBAGE (4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether), Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation. Silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4):
FM-0711 (a compound represented by the following formula, number average molecular weight (Mn): 1000), JNC Corporation;
FM-0721 (a compound represented by the following formula, number average molecular weight (Mn): 5000), JNC Corporation;
(In the formula, m represents the number of repetitions.)
KF-2012 (a silicone compound having a polydimethylsiloxane skeleton in its molecular structure and a methacryloyloxy group at one end), Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Isocyanato group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound:
Karenz™ MOI (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate), Resonac Co., Ltd.
Crosslinking agent (B1):
L-45E (trimethylolpropane tolylene diisocyanate adduct), Tosoh Corporation, product name: Coronate L-45E,
Crosslinker (B2):
L-45E (trimethylolpropane tolylene diisocyanate adduct), Tosoh Corporation, product name: Coronate L-45E,
Tetrad X (N,N'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]bis[bis(oxiran-2-ylmethyl)amine]), Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name: TETRAD-X
Photopolymerization initiator (C):
TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide), BASF, trade name: L-TPO
Silicon-containing photocurable compound (D):
EBECRYL 1360 (silicone hexaacrylate), Daicel Allnex Co., Ltd.
FM-7725 (compound represented by the following formula, number average molecular weight (Mn): 10,000), JNC Corporation
(In the formula, n represents the number of repeats.)

[合成例1:エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1-1)の製造]
 原料単量体としてメチルメタクリレート:6.7質量部、n-ブチルアクリレート:48.1質量部、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート:33.7質量部、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド:9.6質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート:1.4質量部、及びアクリル酸:0.5質量部、並びに原料単量体100質量部に対して重合開始剤である2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル):0.10質量部を含有する混合溶液を調製した。
Synthesis Example 1: Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Free (Meth)acrylic Resin (A1-1)
A mixed solution containing raw material monomers, namely, 6.7 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 48.1 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 33.7 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 9.6 parts by mass of N,N-dimethylacrylamide, 1.4 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 0.5 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and 0.10 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(isobutyronitrile) as a polymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers, was prepared.

 撹拌機、滴下ロート、冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた四ツ口フラスコに、溶媒として原料単量体100質量部に対して酢酸エチルを122.2質量部仕込み、窒素ガス雰囲気下で80℃に昇温した。反応温度を80℃±2℃に保ちながら、四ツ口フラスコに上記混合溶液を4時間かけて均一速度で滴下した。滴下完了後、80℃±2℃の温度で更に6時間撹拌を続けて重合を行い、酢酸エチル27.8質量部で希釈して、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1-1)(重量平均分子量(Mw):300,000、ガラス転移温度(Tg):-42℃、酸価:3.74mgKOH/g、水酸基価:6.97mgKOH/g)を含む反応溶液(固形分:40質量%)を得た。 122.2 parts by mass of ethyl acetate per 100 parts by mass of raw monomers was charged into a four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer, dropping funnel, condenser, and nitrogen inlet tube as a solvent, and the temperature was raised to 80°C under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. While maintaining the reaction temperature at 80°C ± 2°C, the above mixed solution was added dropwise to the four-neck flask at a uniform rate over a period of 4 hours. After the addition was completed, stirring was continued at 80°C ± 2°C for an additional 6 hours to allow polymerization. The mixture was then diluted with 27.8 parts by mass of ethyl acetate to obtain a reaction solution (solids content: 40% by mass) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1-1) (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 300,000, glass transition temperature (Tg): -42°C, acid value: 3.74 mg KOH/g, hydroxyl value: 6.97 mg KOH/g).

[合成例2:エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-1)の製造]
 原料単量体として2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート:81.0質量部、FM-0711:1.5質量部、及びアクリル酸:17.5質量部、並びに原料単量体100質量部に対してラジカル重合開始剤である2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル):0.10質量部を含有する第1混合溶液を調製した。
Synthesis Example 2: Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resin (A2-1)
A first mixed solution was prepared containing raw material monomers, 81.0 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 1.5 parts by mass of FM-0711, and 17.5 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and 0.10 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(isobutyronitrile) as a radical polymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers.

 次に、エポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)としてグリシジルメタクリレート:31.0質量部と、第1混合溶液に用いられる原料単量体及びエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の合計100質量部に対して、触媒としてのトリス(4-メチルフェニル)ホスフィン(TPTP):1.5質量部と、溶媒としての酢酸ブチル:98.8質量部とを含有する第2混合溶液を調製した。 Next, a second mixed solution was prepared containing 31.0 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate as the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3), 1.5 parts by mass of tris(4-methylphenyl)phosphine (TPTP) as a catalyst, and 98.8 parts by mass of butyl acetate as a solvent, relative to a total of 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers and epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) used in the first mixed solution.

 撹拌機、滴下ロート、冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた四ツ口フラスコに、溶媒として原料単量体100質量部に対して酢酸ブチルを100質量部仕込み、窒素ガス雰囲気下で80℃に昇温した。反応温度を80℃±2℃に保ちながら、四ツ口フラスコに上記の第1混合溶液を4時間かけて均一速度で滴下した。滴下完了後、80℃±2℃の温度で更に6時間撹拌を続けて重合を行い、カルボキシ基含有共重合体((メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0))を得た。その後、反応系に、原料単量体及びエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の合計100質量部に対して重合禁止剤として4-メトキシフェノール0.15質量部を添加した。 100 parts by mass of butyl acetate per 100 parts by mass of raw material monomer was charged into a four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer, dropping funnel, condenser, and nitrogen inlet tube, and the temperature was raised to 80°C under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. While maintaining the reaction temperature at 80°C ± 2°C, the first mixed solution was added dropwise to the four-neck flask at a uniform rate over a period of four hours. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for an additional six hours at 80°C ± 2°C to carry out polymerization, yielding a carboxy group-containing copolymer ((meth)acrylic resin (A2-0)). Subsequently, 0.15 parts by mass of 4-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to the reaction system per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomer and epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3).

 4-メトキシフェノールを添加した反応系を100℃に昇温し、上記の第2混合溶液を0.5時間かけて滴下した後、100℃の温度で8時間撹拌を続け、室温(23℃)に冷却し、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-1)(重量平均分子量(Mw):510,000、ガラス転移温度(Tg):-41℃、酸価:10.6mgKOH/g、水酸基価:93.3mgKOH/g、エチレン性不飽和基当量:602g/mоl)を含む反応溶液(固形分:40質量%)を得た。 The reaction system to which 4-methoxyphenol had been added was heated to 100°C, and the second mixed solution described above was added dropwise over 0.5 hours. Stirring was then continued at 100°C for 8 hours, and the mixture was then cooled to room temperature (23°C), yielding a reaction solution (solids content: 40% by mass) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2-1) (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 510,000, glass transition temperature (Tg): -41°C, acid value: 10.6 mg KOH/g, hydroxyl value: 93.3 mg KOH/g, ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent: 602 g/mol).

[合成例3~5:エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-2)~(A2-4)の製造]
 原料単量体及びエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)として表2に記載したものを表2に記載の配合量で使用し、固形分40質量%となるように酢酸ブチルの量を調整したこと以外は、合成例2と同様にしてエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-2)~(A2-4)を含む反応溶液を得た。
Synthesis Examples 3 to 5: Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resins (A2-2) to (A2-4)
Reaction solutions containing ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resins (A2-2) to (A2-4) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2, except that the raw material monomers and the epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) shown in Table 2 were used in the blending amounts shown in Table 2 and the amount of butyl acetate was adjusted so that the solid content was 40 mass%.

[比較合成例1:エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(cA2-1)の製造]
 酢酸エチル:50質量部、原料単量体として2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート:86.5質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート:13.4質量部、及びアクリル酸:0.1質量部、並びに原料単量体100質量部に対してラジカル重合開始剤である2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル):0.10質量部を含有する混合溶液を調製した。
Comparative Synthesis Example 1: Production of Ethylenically Unsaturated Group-Containing (Meth)acrylic Resin (cA2-1)
A mixed solution containing 50 parts by mass of ethyl acetate, 86.5 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 13.4 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 0.1 part by mass of acrylic acid as raw material monomers, and 0.10 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobis(isobutyronitrile) as a radical polymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the raw material monomers was prepared.

 撹拌機、滴下ロート、冷却管及び窒素導入管を備えた四ツ口フラスコに、溶媒として原料単量体100質量部に対して酢酸エチルを50.0質量部仕込み、窒素ガス雰囲気下で80℃に昇温した。反応温度を80℃±2℃に保ちながら、四ツ口フラスコに上記混合溶液を4時間かけて均一速度で滴下した。滴下完了後、80℃±2℃の温度で更に6時間撹拌を続けて重合を行った。次に反応物の温度を60℃まで下げ、滴下ロートを通じて2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート:16.0質量部、ウレタン化触媒であるジブチル錫ジラウレート:0.05質量部、及び酢酸エチル:74質量部の混合液を滴下した。滴下終了後、反応系を70℃で4時間保持し、イソシアナト基を消失させ、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(cA2-1)(重量平均分子量(Mw):600,000、ガラス転移温度(Tg):-44℃、酸価:0.8mgKOH/g、水酸基価:5.9mgKOH/g、エチレン性不飽和基当量:1125g/mоl)を含む反応溶液(固形分:40質量%)を得た。 A four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer, dropping funnel, condenser, and nitrogen inlet tube was charged with 50.0 parts by mass of ethyl acetate per 100 parts by mass of raw monomer as a solvent, and the temperature was raised to 80°C under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. While maintaining the reaction temperature at 80°C ± 2°C, the above mixed solution was added dropwise to the four-neck flask at a uniform rate over a period of four hours. After the addition was complete, polymerization was carried out with continued stirring at a temperature of 80°C ± 2°C for an additional six hours. The temperature of the reactants was then lowered to 60°C, and a mixture of 16.0 parts by mass of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, 0.05 parts by mass of dibutyltin dilaurate (a urethane catalyst), and 74 parts by mass of ethyl acetate was added dropwise through the dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction system was maintained at 70°C for 4 hours to eliminate the isocyanate groups, yielding a reaction solution (solids content: 40% by mass) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (cA2-1) (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 600,000, glass transition temperature (Tg): -44°C, acid value: 0.8 mg KOH/g, hydroxyl value: 5.9 mg KOH/g, ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent: 1125 g/mol).

(硬化前中間層(X1-1)の製造)
 合成例1で得たエチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1-1)(単に樹脂(A1-1)ともいう)を含む反応溶液に、希釈溶媒である酢酸エチルを加え、樹脂(A1-1)の含有量が30質量%である樹脂(A1-1)溶液を得た。樹脂(A1-1)溶液を用いて、以下に示す方法により中間層用の樹脂組成物(X1)を得た。
(Production of Pre-Cured Intermediate Layer (X1-1))
A resin (A1-1) solution containing 30 mass % of resin (A1-1) was obtained by adding ethyl acetate as a diluent solvent to a reaction solution containing the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1-1) (also simply referred to as resin (A1-1)) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. Using the resin (A1-1) solution, a resin composition (X1) for an intermediate layer was obtained by the method described below.

 活性エネルギー線の遮断された室内でプラスチック製容器に、樹脂(A1-1)溶液と、架橋剤(B1)としてL-45Eとを、それぞれ表3に示す配合量(質量部)で加えて撹拌し、中間層用の樹脂組成物(X1)を得た。表3の樹脂(A1)溶液、すなわち、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)溶液の数値は、樹脂(A1)の含有量が30質量%である樹脂(A1)溶液の使用量(質量部)である。架橋剤(B1)の数値は、樹脂(A1)溶液100質量部に対する配合量(質量部)である。 In a room shielded from active energy rays, the resin (A1-1) solution and L-45E as crosslinking agent (B1) were added to a plastic container in the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 3 and stirred to obtain resin composition (X1) for the intermediate layer. The values in Table 3 for the resin (A1) solution, i.e., the (meth)acrylic resin (A1) solution not containing ethylenically unsaturated groups, are the amounts (parts by mass) used for the resin (A1) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (A1). The values for the crosslinking agent (B1) are the amounts (parts by mass) added per 100 parts by mass of the resin (A1) solution.

 樹脂組成物(X1)をそのまま、熱硬化後の膜厚が125μmになるように基材上に塗工し、100℃で5分間、加熱乾燥させて硬化前中間層(X1-1)を形成した。その後、硬化前中間層(X1-1)上に剥離シートを貼り合わせた。基材としては、厚み25μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(E5100、東洋紡株式会社)を用いた。剥離シートとしては、厚み25μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(E7006、東洋紡株式会社)を用いた。なお、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定は、硬化前中間層(X1-1)を40℃にて3日間、オーブンで養生して得られた中間層(X1-1)に対して実施した。 The resin composition (X1) was applied directly to a substrate so that the film thickness after heat curing would be 125 μm, and the resulting film was dried by heating at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1). A release sheet was then attached to the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1). A 25 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E5100, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the substrate. A 25 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E7006, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the release sheet. The film thickness after heat curing was measured on the intermediate layer (X1-1) obtained by curing the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1) in an oven at 40°C for 3 days.

(硬化前中間層(X1-2)の製造)
 基材として厚み25μmのポリアミド(PA)フィルム(EX-25、ユニチカ株式会社)を用いたこと以外は硬化前中間層(X1-1)の製造と同様にして、剥離シートを貼り付けた硬化前中間層(X1-2)を得、さらに、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定を行った。
(Production of Pre-Cured Intermediate Layer (X1-2))
A pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-2) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1), except that a 25 μm thick polyamide (PA) film (EX-25, Unitika Ltd.) was used as the substrate, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.

(硬化前中間層(X1-3)の製造)
 基材として厚み50μmのポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)フィルム(Q83、東洋紡株式会社)を用いたこと以外は硬化前中間層(X1-1)の製造と同様にして、剥離シートを貼り付けた硬化前中間層(X1-3)を得、さらに、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定を行った。
(Production of Pre-Cured Intermediate Layer (X1-3))
A pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-3) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as the pre-cured intermediate layer (X1-1), except that a 50 μm thick polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film (Q83, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the substrate, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.

(中間層(X2)の製造)
 厚さ25μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(E5100、東洋紡株式会社)上に、単軸押出機(単軸押出機、株式会社テクノベル)を用いて、エチレン酢酸ビニル共重合体(製品名:エバフレックスEV150、融点:70℃、三井・ダウ ポリケミカル株式会社)を厚み125μmとなるように、押出し成膜して、中間層(X2)を形成した。形成された中間層(X2)上に剥離シート(25μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(E7006、東山フィルム株式会社))を貼り合わせた。さらに、中間層(X2)の膜厚の測定を行った。
(Production of intermediate layer (X2))
An ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (product name: Evaflex EV150, melting point: 70°C, Mitsui Dow Polychemicals Co., Ltd.) was extruded onto a 25 μm thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E5100, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) using a single-screw extruder (single-screw extruder, Technovel Co., Ltd.) to a thickness of 125 μm to form an intermediate layer (X2). A release sheet (25 μm thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E7006, Higashiyama Film Co., Ltd.)) was attached to the formed intermediate layer (X2). Furthermore, the film thickness of the intermediate layer (X2) was measured.

(熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)の製造)
 合成例2で得たエチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-1)(単に樹脂(A2-1)ともいう)を含む反応溶液に、希釈溶媒である酢酸エチルを加え、樹脂(A2-1)の含有量が30質量%である樹脂(A2-1)溶液を得た。樹脂(A2-1)溶液を用いて、以下に示す方法により光硬化型粘着剤層用の粘着剤組成物(Y1)を得た。
(Production of Pre-thermal Curing Photocurable Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer (Y1-1))
A resin (A2-1) solution containing 30 mass % of resin (A2-1) was obtained by adding ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent to a reaction solution containing the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2-1) (also simply referred to as resin (A2-1)) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1) for a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained using the resin (A2-1) solution by the method described below.

 活性エネルギー線の遮断された室内でプラスチック製容器に、樹脂(A2-1)溶液と、架橋剤(B2)としてテトラッドXと、光重合開始剤(C)としてTPOを、それぞれ表4に示す配合量(質量部)で加えて撹拌し、光硬化型粘着剤層用の粘着剤組成物(Y1)を得た。 In a room shielded from active energy rays, the resin (A2-1) solution, Tetrad X as the crosslinking agent (B2), and TPO as the photopolymerization initiator (C) were added to a plastic container in the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 4 and stirred to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1) for the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 表4の樹脂(A2)溶液、すなわち、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)溶液の数値は、樹脂(A2)の含有量が30質量%である樹脂(A2)溶液の使用量(質量部)である。表4の樹脂(cA2)溶液、すなわち、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(cA2)溶液の数値は、樹脂(cA2)の含有量が30質量%である樹脂(cA2)溶液の使用量(質量部)である。架橋剤(B2)、及び光重合開始剤(C)の数値は、樹脂(A2)溶液又は樹脂(cA2)溶液100質量部に対する配合量(質量部)である。ただし、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)の数値は樹脂(A2)100質量部に対する配合量(質量部)である。 The values for resin (A2) solution in Table 4, i.e., ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) solution, are the amounts (parts by mass) used for resin (A2) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (A2). The values for resin (cA2) solution in Table 4, i.e., ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (cA2) solution, are the amounts (parts by mass) used for resin (cA2) solution containing 30% by mass of resin (cA2). The values for crosslinker (B2) and photopolymerization initiator (C) are the amounts (parts by mass) blended per 100 parts by mass of resin (A2) solution or resin (cA2) solution. However, the values for silicon-containing photocurable compound (D) are the amounts (parts by mass) blended per 100 parts by mass of resin (A2).

 粘着剤組成物(Y1)をそのまま、熱硬化後の膜厚が25μmになるように剥離シート上に塗工し、100℃で2分間、加熱乾燥させて熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)を形成した。その後、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)上に剥離シートを貼り合せた。剥離シートとしては厚さ25μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(E7006、東洋紡株式会社)を用いた。なお、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定は、熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)を40℃にて3日間、オーブンで養生して得られた光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)に対して実施した。 The adhesive composition (Y1) was coated directly onto a release sheet so that the film thickness after heat curing would be 25 μm, and then heated and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes to form a pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1). A release sheet was then laminated onto the pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1). A 25 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (E7006, Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was used as the release sheet. The film thickness after heat curing was measured on the photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1) obtained by curing the pre-heat-curing photocurable adhesive layer (Y1-1) in an oven at 40°C for 3 days.

(熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y2-1)~(Y7-1)の製造)
 表4に記載の原料と配合量を用いる以外は、粘着剤組成物(Y1)の製造と同様にして粘着剤組成物(Y2)~(Y7)を得た。粘着剤組成物(Y1)に代えて粘着剤組成物(Y2)~(Y7)を用いた以外は熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)の製造と同様にして、剥離シートを貼り付けた熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y2-1)~(Y7-1)を得、さらに、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定を行った。
(Production of Pre-thermal Curing Photocurable Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layers (Y2-1) to (Y7-1))
Pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (Y2) to (Y7) were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1), except for using the raw materials and blending amounts shown in Table 4. Pre-heat-cure photo-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (Y2-1) to (Y7-1) with release sheets attached were obtained in the same manner as in the production of pre-heat-cure photo-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), except for using pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (Y2) to (Y7) instead of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (Y1), and the film thicknesses after thermal curing were measured.

(熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-2)の製造)
 熱硬化後の膜厚を150μmとしたこと以外は熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)の製造と同様にして、剥離シートを貼り付けた熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-2)を得、さらに、熱硬化後の膜厚の測定を行った。
(Production of Pre-thermal Curing Photocurable Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer (Y1-2))
A pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-2) with a release sheet attached was obtained in the same manner as in the production of the pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), except that the film thickness after thermal curing was 150 μm, and the film thickness after thermal curing was measured.

[実施例1](保護シートの製造)
 剥離シートを貼り付けた硬化前中間層(X1-1)から剥離シートを剥離し、剥離シートを貼り付けた熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)の片面から剥離シートを剥離し、それぞれ露出面を対向させて貼り合わせた。その後、40℃で3日間、オーブンで養生し、硬化前中間層(X1-1)と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y1-1)を架橋硬化させることにより、実施例1の保護シートを得た。
[Example 1] (Production of protective sheet)
The release sheet was peeled from the pre-curing intermediate layer (X1-1) to which it had been attached, and the release sheet was peeled from one side of the pre-thermo-cure light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1) to which the release sheet had been attached, and the two layers were attached with the exposed surfaces facing each other. Thereafter, the layers were cured in an oven at 40°C for 3 days to crosslink and cure the pre-curing intermediate layer (X1-1) and the pre-thermo-cure light-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y1-1), thereby obtaining the protective sheet of Example 1.

[実施例2~4、比較例1~5]
 表5に記載の硬化前中間層(X)又は中間層(X)と熱硬化前光硬化型粘着剤層(Y)を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、保護シートを得た。
[Examples 2 to 4, Comparative Examples 1 to 5]
A protective sheet was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pre-curing intermediate layer (X) or the intermediate layer (X) and the pre-thermo-curing photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (Y) shown in Table 5 was used.

 得られた保護シートについて、以下に示す方法により、以下に示す項目の評価を行った。結果を表5に示す。 The obtained protective sheets were evaluated for the following items using the methods described below. The results are shown in Table 5.

[UV照射前剥離強度]
 保護シートを縦25mm、横100mmの大きさに切り取り、光硬化型粘着剤層側の剥離シートを剥がして光硬化型粘着剤層を露出させた。次に、露出させた光硬化型粘着剤層、すなわち測定面がガラス板に接するように、保護シートをガラス板に貼付し、2kgのゴムローラー(幅:約50mm)を1往復させ、UV照射前剥離強度の測定用サンプルを得た。
[Peel strength before UV irradiation]
The protective sheet was cut into a size of 25 mm long and 100 mm wide, and the release sheet on the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side was peeled off to expose the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The protective sheet was then attached to a glass plate so that the exposed photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, i.e., the measurement surface, was in contact with the glass plate, and a 2 kg rubber roller (width: approximately 50 mm) was rolled back and forth once to obtain a sample for measuring peel strength before UV irradiation.

 得られた測定用サンプルを、温度23℃、湿度50%の環境下で24時間放置した。その後、JIS Z 0237:2009に準じて、引張試験機(テクスチャーアナライザー、英弘精機株式会社)を用いて温度23℃、湿度50%の環境下にて剥離速度300mm/分で180°方向の引張試験を行い、粘着シートのガラス板に対する剥離強度(N/25mm)を測定した。 The resulting measurement sample was left for 24 hours in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50%. Then, in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2009, a tensile test was conducted in the 180° direction at a peel rate of 300 mm/min in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and humidity of 50% using a tensile tester (Texture Analyzer, Eiko Seiki Co., Ltd.), and the peel strength (N/25 mm) of the adhesive sheet against the glass plate was measured.

[UV照射後剥離強度]
 UV照射前剥離強度の測定用サンプルと同じものを作製し、保護シート側の面から照射量1000mJ/cmの条件で紫外線(UV)を照射し、UV照射後剥離強度の測定用サンプルを得た。UV照射には、コンベヤー型紫外線照射装置(アイグラフィックス株式会社、2KWランプ、80W/cm)を用いた。
[Peel strength after UV irradiation]
A sample identical to that used to measure peel strength before UV irradiation was prepared and irradiated with ultraviolet (UV) light from the protective sheet side at an irradiation dose of 1000 mJ/ cm2 to obtain a sample for measuring peel strength after UV irradiation. For UV irradiation, a conveyor-type ultraviolet irradiation device (Eye Graphics Co., Ltd., 2 kW lamp, 80 W/cm) was used.

 得られた測定用サンプルについて「UV照射前剥離強度」と同様にして、粘着シートのガラス板に対する剥離強度(N/25mm)を測定した。 The peel strength (N/25 mm) of the adhesive sheet against the glass plate was measured for the obtained measurement sample in the same manner as for "Peel strength before UV irradiation."

[糊残り]
 UV照射前剥離強度の測定用サンプルを200℃で2時間加熱した後に、保護シート側の面から照射量1000mJ/cmの条件で紫外線(UV)を照射し、ガラス板から保護シートを剥離した。ガラス面上に粘着剤残渣が残らなかった場合を「良」、残った場合を「不良」として糊残りを評価した。
[Glue residue]
The sample for measuring peel strength before UV irradiation was heated at 200°C for 2 hours, and then irradiated with ultraviolet (UV) rays from the surface on the protective sheet side at an irradiation dose of 1000 mJ/ cm2 , and the protective sheet was peeled off from the glass plate. Adhesive residue was evaluated as "good" if no adhesive residue remained on the glass surface, and "poor" if residue remained.

[段差埋め性:保護工程]
 保護シートの剥離シートを剥がして光硬化型粘着剤層を露出させた。次に、露出させた光硬化型粘着剤層とバンプ付きPCB(バンプ径φ=20μm、バンプ間距離30μm、バンプ高さ45、80、又は100μm)とを、マウンター(ヒューグルエレクトロニクス株式会社、HS7800)を用いて、40℃で5分間処理して貼り付けを行い、工程試験用サンプルを得た。このサンプルを保護シート側から光学顕微鏡にて観察し、気泡が混入している面積がバンプ付きPCB全体の1%以下であった場合を「優良」、1%より大きく10%未満であった場合を「良」、10%以上であった場合を「不良」として保護工程における段差埋め性を評価した。
[Gap filling: protection process]
The release sheet of the protective sheet was peeled off to expose the photocurable adhesive layer. Next, the exposed photocurable adhesive layer and a PCB with bumps (bump diameter φ=20 μm, bump spacing 30 μm, bump height 45, 80, or 100 μm) were attached using a mounter (Hugle Electronics, HS7800) at 40° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a sample for process testing. This sample was observed with an optical microscope from the protective sheet side, and the step filling ability in the protection process was evaluated as "excellent" when the area containing air bubbles was 1% or less of the entire PCB with bumps, "good" when it was more than 1% but less than 10%, and "poor" when it was 10% or more.

[段差埋め性:ダイシング工程]
 保護工程で得られた工程試験用サンプルに対して、ブレード(SDC200 R100NMR、カーフ幅:0.3mm、ブレード回転数:28000rpm、切削速度:30mm/sec、切込深さ:100μm、株式会社東京精密)にてダイシングを行い、小片化された工程試験用サンプルを得た。これに対して保護シート側の面から50mJ/cmの条件でUVを照射し、光硬化型粘着剤層を部分的に硬化させた。UV照射には、コンベヤー型紫外線照射装置(アイグラフィックス株式会社、2KWランプ、80W/cm)を用いた。UV照射後のサンプルを保護シート側から光学顕微鏡にて観察し、気泡が混入している面積がバンプ付きPCB全体の1%以下であった場合を「優良」、1%より大きく10%未満であった場合を「良」、10%以上であった場合を「不良」としてダイシング工程における段差埋め性を評価した。
[Step filling: dicing process]
The process test sample obtained in the protection process was diced using a blade (SDC200 R100NMR, kerf width: 0.3 mm, blade rotation speed: 28,000 rpm, cutting speed: 30 mm/sec, cut depth: 100 μm, Tokyo Seimitsu Co., Ltd.) to obtain small pieces of process test samples. These were irradiated with UV from the protective sheet side at 50 mJ/ cm² to partially cure the photocurable adhesive layer. For UV irradiation, a conveyor-type ultraviolet irradiation device (Eye Graphics Co., Ltd., 2 kW lamp, 80 W/cm²) was used. After UV irradiation, the sample was observed with an optical microscope from the protective sheet side, and the step filling ability in the dicing process was evaluated as "excellent" if the area containing air bubbles was 1% or less of the entire PCB with bumps, "good" if it was greater than 1% but less than 10%, and "poor" if it was 10% or more.

[段差埋め性:加熱工程]
 ダイシング工程で得られた小片化された工程試験用サンプルに対して、200℃、2時間の加熱処理を行った。このサンプルを、放冷した後に保護シート側から光学顕微鏡にて観察し、気泡が混入している面積がバンプ付きPCB全体の1%以下であった場合を「優良」、1%より大きく10%未満であった場合を「良」、10%以上であった場合を「不良」として加熱工程における段差埋め性を評価した。
[Gap filling: heating process]
The small process test samples obtained in the dicing process were subjected to a heat treatment for 2 hours at 200° C. After cooling, the samples were observed under an optical microscope from the protective sheet side, and the step filling ability in the heating process was evaluated as "excellent" if the area where air bubbles were mixed in was 1% or less of the entire PCB with bumps, "good" if it was more than 1% but less than 10%, and "poor" if it was 10% or more.

[金属膜密着性]
 ダイシング工程で得られた小片化された工程試験用サンプルに対して、スパッタリング装置SDHシリーズ(製品名、株式会社アルバック)を用いて、温度60~150℃及び圧力7×10-1Paの条件で厚さ約1.8μmの銅膜を形成して、電磁シールドを形成した。これに対して保護シート側の面から500mJ/cmの条件でUVを照射し、光硬化型粘着剤層を硬化させた。その後、ダイボンダBESTEM-02(製品名、キヤノンマシナリー株式会社)を用いて、コレットサイズ9mm、ピン数13pin、突き上げ速度20mm/secの条件にてバンプ付きPCBをピックアップして、表面の一部に銅膜を有する保護シートを得た。保護シートを、銅膜を有する表面が下になるように配向させた際、銅紛が保護シートから剥離した面積の割合が1%以下であった場合を「優良」、1%より大きく10%未満であった場合を「良」、10%以上であった場合を「不良」として金属膜密着性を評価した。面積の評価は光学顕微鏡を用いて実施した。
[Metal film adhesion]
A sputtering device SDH Series (product name, ULVAC, Inc.) was used to form a copper film approximately 1.8 μm thick on the small process test samples obtained in the dicing process at a temperature of 60 to 150°C and a pressure of 7 × 10 -1 Pa, forming an electromagnetic shield. UV was irradiated from the protective sheet side at 500 mJ/cm 2 to cure the photocurable adhesive layer. Then, a die bonder BESTEM-02 (product name, Canon Machinery Inc.) was used to pick up the bumped PCB under conditions of a collet size of 9 mm, 13 pins, and a thrust speed of 20 mm/sec, resulting in a protective sheet having a copper film on a portion of its surface. When the protective sheet was oriented so that the surface having the copper film was facing downwards, the metal film adhesion was evaluated as "excellent" if the area ratio of the copper powder peeled off from the protective sheet was 1% or less, "good" if it was more than 1% but less than 10%, and "poor" if it was 10% or more. The area evaluation was performed using an optical microscope.

 実施例1~4では、段差埋め性、糊残り、及び金属膜密着性がすべて「優良」又は「良」であった。一方、中間層を有さない比較例1では段差埋め性がすべて「不良」であった。中間層にアクリル樹脂を用いない比較例2では、中間層の割れが発生し、糊残りが「不良」であった。エチレン性不飽和基がイソシアナト基を有する化合物によって導入された比較例4及び5では糊残りが「不良」であった。ケイ素を含有しない比較例3及び5では金属密着性が「不良」であった。 In Examples 1 to 4, the step-filling ability, adhesive residue, and metal film adhesion were all "excellent" or "good." In contrast, in Comparative Example 1, which did not have an intermediate layer, the step-filling ability was all "poor." In Comparative Example 2, which did not use an acrylic resin in the intermediate layer, cracks occurred in the intermediate layer and the adhesive residue was "poor." In Comparative Examples 4 and 5, in which the ethylenically unsaturated group was introduced by a compound having an isocyanato group, the adhesive residue was "poor." In Comparative Examples 3 and 5, which did not contain silicon, the metal adhesion was "poor."

12  基材
14  中間層
16  光硬化型粘着剤層
18  剥離シート
10  保護シート
12 Base material 14 Intermediate layer 16 Photocurable adhesive layer 18 Release sheet 10 Protective sheet

Claims (17)

 基材と、前記基材の一方の主面上に中間層と光硬化型粘着剤層とをこの順で有する保護シートであって、
 前記中間層が、エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)と、架橋剤(B1)とを含有する樹脂組成物の熱硬化物であり、前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)は、前記架橋剤(B1)が有する官能基と反応する官能基を複数個有し、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層が、エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)と、架橋剤(B2)と、光重合開始剤(C)とを含有する粘着剤組成物の熱硬化物であり、前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、前記架橋剤(B2)が有する官能基と反応する官能基を複数個有し、
 前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)は、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a2-1)とカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-2)とを原料単量体とする(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)へのエポキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-3)の付加物であり、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層が、1000~100000質量ppmのケイ素原子を含有する保護シート。
A protective sheet having a substrate, and an intermediate layer and a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order on one main surface of the substrate,
the intermediate layer is a thermosetting product of a resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) and a crosslinking agent (B1), the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) having a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups possessed by the crosslinking agent (B1);
the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a thermoset product of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2), a crosslinking agent (B2), and a photopolymerization initiator (C), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) having a plurality of functional groups reactive with functional groups contained in the crosslinking agent (B2);
the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is an adduct of an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-3) to a (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0) having, as raw material monomers, at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a2-1) and a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-2);
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains 1,000 to 100,000 ppm by mass of silicon atoms.
 前記(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2-0)の原料単量体として、さらにケイ素含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a2-4)を用いる、請求項1に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to claim 1, wherein a silicon-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a2-4) is further used as a raw material monomer for the (meth)acrylic resin (A2-0).  前記粘着剤組成物が、ケイ素含有光硬化性化合物(D)をさらに含有する、請求項1に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to claim 1, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition further contains a silicon-containing photocurable compound (D).  前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)のガラス転移温度(Tg)が-80~0℃である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is -80 to 0°C.  前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)が、少なくとも、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(a1-1)、及びヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート(a1-2)を原料単量体とする共重合体であり、
 前記架橋剤(B1)がイソシアネート架橋剤である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。
the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1) is a copolymer containing, as raw material monomers, at least an alkyl (meth)acrylate (a1-1) and a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate (a1-2);
The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the crosslinking agent (B1) is an isocyanate crosslinking agent.
 前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、さらにカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和化合物(a1-3)を用いる、請求項5に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to claim 5, wherein a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (a1-3) is further used as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).  前記エチレン性不飽和基非含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A1)の原料単量体として、さらに(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物(a1-4)を用いる、請求項5に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to claim 5, further comprising a (meth)acrylamide compound (a1-4) as a raw material monomer for the ethylenically unsaturated group-free (meth)acrylic resin (A1).  前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)の酸価が1~100mgKOH/gである請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is 1 to 100 mgKOH/g.  前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のエチレン性不飽和基当量が500~5000g/molである請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) has an ethylenically unsaturated group equivalent of 500 to 5,000 g/mol.  前記エチレン性不飽和基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂(A2)のガラス転移温度(Tg)が-80~0℃である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing (meth)acrylic resin (A2) is -80 to 0°C.  前記架橋剤(B2)が、エポキシ架橋剤及びアジリジン架橋剤からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the crosslinking agent (B2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy crosslinking agents and aziridine crosslinking agents.  前記基材が樹脂シートであり、前記樹脂シートの原料樹脂が、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)、ポリアミド(PA)、及びポリイミド(PI)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the substrate is a resin sheet, and the raw material resin of the resin sheet is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyamide (PA), and polyimide (PI).  前記基材の厚みが5μm~300μmである請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。 The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the thickness of the substrate is 5 μm to 300 μm.  前記中間層の厚みが30~600μmであり、
 前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みが1~100μmであり、
 前記中間層と前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの比(中間層/光硬化型粘着剤層)が、1~50である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シート。
The thickness of the intermediate layer is 30 to 600 μm,
The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 1 to 100 μm,
The protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the thickness ratio of the intermediate layer to the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (intermediate layer/photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is 1 to 50.
 請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の保護シートの光硬化型粘着剤層面を処理前半導体デバイスのバンプ電極付き面に貼り付ける保護工程、
 前記保護シートに対して活性エネルギー線照射を行い、前記光硬化型粘着剤層を光硬化させる活性エネルギー線照射工程、
 前記保護シートを貼り付けた、処理前半導体デバイスの加熱工程、及び
 前記保護シートを前記バンプ電極付き面から剥離する剥離工程
を含む、バンプ電極を有する半導体デバイスの製造方法。
A protection step of attaching the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface of the protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3 to a surface of the semiconductor device having bump electrodes before processing;
an active energy ray irradiation step of irradiating the protective sheet with active energy rays to photocure the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer;
A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having bump electrodes, comprising: a heating step of the unprocessed semiconductor device to which the protective sheet is attached; and a peeling step of peeling the protective sheet from the surface with the bump electrodes.
 前記バンプ電極の高さをH[μm]とし、前記中間層と前記光硬化型粘着剤層の厚みの合計をd[μm]としたとき、d/Hが1.00~100である、請求項15に記載の半導体デバイスの製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 15, wherein d/H is 1.00 to 100, where H [μm] is the height of the bump electrode and d [μm] is the total thickness of the intermediate layer and the photocurable adhesive layer.  前記加熱工程の最高到達温度が80~300℃である、請求項15に記載の半導体デバイスの製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 15, wherein the maximum temperature reached in the heating step is 80 to 300°C.
PCT/JP2025/001669 2024-02-06 2025-01-21 Protective sheet and production method for semiconductor device Pending WO2025169707A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024016636 2024-02-06
JP2024-016636 2024-02-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025169707A1 true WO2025169707A1 (en) 2025-08-14

Family

ID=96699671

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/001669 Pending WO2025169707A1 (en) 2024-02-06 2025-01-21 Protective sheet and production method for semiconductor device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025169707A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011018669A (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-27 Nitto Denko Corp Adhesive sheet for dicing semiconductor wafer, and method for dicing semiconductor wafer using the same
WO2012042869A1 (en) * 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 三井化学株式会社 Expandable film, dicing film, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2016129577A1 (en) * 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 積水化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP2016164953A (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-08 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape for semiconductor wafer surface protection
WO2020049829A1 (en) * 2018-09-03 2020-03-12 昭和電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2020195744A1 (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 リンテック株式会社 Work processing sheet

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011018669A (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-27 Nitto Denko Corp Adhesive sheet for dicing semiconductor wafer, and method for dicing semiconductor wafer using the same
WO2012042869A1 (en) * 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 三井化学株式会社 Expandable film, dicing film, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2016129577A1 (en) * 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 積水化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP2016164953A (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-08 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape for semiconductor wafer surface protection
WO2020049829A1 (en) * 2018-09-03 2020-03-12 昭和電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2020195744A1 (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 リンテック株式会社 Work processing sheet

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101492629B1 (en) A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and a process for producing a semiconductor device
JP5027321B2 (en) Semiconductor processing tape
EP3355341A1 (en) Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet
WO2014155756A1 (en) Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
TWI881082B (en) Semiconductor element sealing sheet
JP7568024B2 (en) resin
JP6091955B2 (en) Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing chip with protective film
EP3373326A1 (en) Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet
JP2024097805A (en) Kit and method for producing third laminate using said kit
TW201505832A (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation, method for producing composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip with protective film
TWI857737B (en) Protective sheet for semiconductor processing and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP6714004B2 (en) Adhesive sheet
CN108352365B (en) Protective film forming sheet
WO2023112427A1 (en) Method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2025169707A1 (en) Protective sheet and production method for semiconductor device
WO2025169708A1 (en) Adhesive composition, protective sheet, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2025109808A1 (en) Protective sheet for semiconductor processing, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP7764362B2 (en) Composite for forming rear surface protective film, method for manufacturing third laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device with rear surface protective film
TW202538838A (en) Protective sheet for semiconductor processing and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2023087882A (en) Re-peelable type adhesive sheet
JP7591453B2 (en) Support sheet, composite sheet for forming resin film, kit, and method for producing chip with resin film
WO2025243620A1 (en) Electronic component equipped with adhesive sheet, and transfer sheet
CN116811389A (en) Method for manufacturing composite sheet, kit, and workpiece with resin film for forming resin film
TWI677545B (en) Surface protection film
WO2020170366A1 (en) Manufacturing method for semiconductor device, and expand tape

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25752129

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1